HomeMy WebLinkAboutPSD-055-20Clarington
Staff Report
If this information is required in an alternate accessible format, please contact the Accessibility
Coordinator at 905-623-3379 ext. 2131.
Report To: Planning and Development Committee
Date of Meeting: December 7, 2020 Report Number: PSD-055-20
Submitted By: Faye Langmaid, Acting Director of Planning and Development
Reviewed By: Andrew C. Allison, CAO Resolution#:
File Number: COPA 2020-000; PLN 41.10 By-law Number:
Report Subject: Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan Recommendation Report for Official
Plan Amendment 124
Recommendations:
1. That Report PSD-055-20 be received;
2. That Official Plan Amendment 124 to include the Southeast Courtice Secondary
Plan in the Clarington Official Plan be adopted;
3. That upon adoption by Council, the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan be
LP SOP H❑WG F[ R V91 I DV & R❑❑FLCV[SR( FERiiMuG❑MZuGS®❑dL:J P GlOP61l`t/i_D❑CIEH
implemented through the capital budget program;
4. That the Director of Planning and Development Services be authorized to finalize the
form and content of OPA 124, the Secondary Plan and the Urban Design and
Sustainability Guidelines resulting from Council's consideration, public participation,
agency comments and technical considerations;
5. That the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines appended to the Secondary
Plan be approved and be used by staff to guide development applications and public
projects;
6. That the Director of Planning and Development Services be authorized to execute
any agreements to implement the Secondary Plan once adopted by Council;
7. That OPA 124 be forwarded to the Region of Durham for approval; and
8. That all interested parties listed in Report PSD-055-20 and any delegations be
DG1VI-IGR[&R❑ER.CV_FLVLR❑ regarding the adoption of the Secondary Plan.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Report Overview
Page 2
Staff are pleased to present the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan for Council adoption
based upon the extensive consultation that has occurred.
The purpose of the Official Plan Amendment 124 is to adopt the Southeast Courtice
Secondary Plan and the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines into the Clarington
Official Plan. This Amendment applies to only the lands located within the Southeast
Courtice Secondary Plan Area. The policies and guidelines will guide the creation of transit -
oriented neighbourhoods and include a diverse range of housing located within walking
distance of shopping, services, schools and amenities. The neighbourhoods will include a
variety of densities and mix of uses along Bloor Street and Courtice Road. A linked system
of parks, trails and green space will support pedestrian movement throughout the area.
These new neighbourhoods will be designed to include easily recognizable sustainable
design elements such as centrally located schools and parks to promote walkability, a
connected system of sidewalks, trails and cycle routes supported by a diverse planting
program, vegetated swales to promote groundwater infiltration as well as less recognizable
IFDAkM1LFO_KLJLIJLFHulllhfrastructure to address stormwater management.
After adoption by Council, the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan will be sent to the Region
of Durham for approval.
1. Purpose of the Report
1.1 The purpose of this staff report is to recommend to Council the adoption of Official Plan
Amendment 124 (OPA 124) to the Clarington Official Plan to include the Southeast
Courtice Secondary Plan in the Official Plan. The recommendation comes following a
thorough public planning process. The staff recommended OPA 124 includes the
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan and the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines
are incorporated as Attachment 1 to this staff report.
1.2 This report includes a summary of the process and comments received since the
release of the draft Secondary Plan and draft Urban Design and Sustainability
Guidelines, and draft Official Plan Amendment on June 1, 2020.
2. Background
2.1 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan (Secondary Plan) area is located generally
between the Robinson Creek valley in the west and Hancock Road in the east. It
extends from south of Bloor Street northward to Durham Highway 2 (Figure 1).
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Figure 1: Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan Area
Page 3
2.2 There are approximately 60 landowners within this Secondary Plan area. Ownership is
a mixture of parcel sizes, including larger farm parcels and single residential lots.
2.3 The Secondary Plan area contains the headwaters and tributaries of Tooley Creek and
Robinson Creek. These watercourses, and their associated woodlots and wetlands add
interest to this area and guide the structure of the Secondary Plan layout. These natural
areas will be incorporated into an overall parks and open space system that will link the
entire neighbourhood together.
2.4 All of the higher density uses, which range between 3 and 12 storeys, will be focused
along the three Regional Corridors of Durham Highway 2, Courtice Road and Bloor
Street. The remainder of the area will predominantly be single detached and semi-
detached units.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Page 4
2.5 The goals of sustainability, liveability and inclusivity link all parts of the Secondary Plan
and are pursued in tandem to create a well-balanced community that meets the needs
of residents and workers while respecting the natural environment.
3. Public Participation
3.1 The preparation of this Secondary Plan has been supported by a thorough public
engagement strategy, including a range of public consultation initiatives, including online
and in -person events. These efforts have been in addition to all statutory meetings
requirements. All landowners in the area received notice of all the public information
centres held and the statutory public meeting. Also, the landowners have been informed
that this recommendation report is being presented to Council.
3.2 All public notices, communications and review periods have been designed to ensure
conformity with the requirements of both the Planning Act and Municipal Class
Environmental Assessment (EA). To avoid creating confusion by sending multiple
notices, and to focus Municipal resources more effectively, this project was designed to
jointly satisfy the requirements of both the Planning Act and the Environmental
Assessment Act.
3.3 In summary the following were the opportunities provided for public consultation:
Project Web page
3.4 To facilitate public participation and to provide information, a project web
page(www.clarington.net/SoutheastCourtice) was created. All information associated
with the project including meeting notices, presentation materials, staff and consultant[9
reports are housed on this web page.
3.5 Since the project web page was created in October 2017 it has been visited by over
3
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Page 5
Initial Planning and Development Committee Public Meeting January 2018
3.6 The Public were first invited to participate in the process at a Public Meeting before
Council in January 2018. The general public and all landowners (60+) within the
Secondary Plan area were invited to this meeting. Notice of the meeting was also
advertised in the Clarington This Week and Orono Times newspapers and on the
Municipal website for the two weeks preceding the meeting. The Public Meeting and
associated staff report (PSD-011-18) outlined the proposed planning process, the
composition of the steering committee and the terms of reference for the Secondary
Plan. Shortly after Council approval to proceed, AECOM was hired (COD-013-18), and
the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan planning process began.
Public Information Centre number 1 -June 2018
3.7 The first Public Information Centre (PIC) was held on June 27, 2018. The initial PIC
was to introduce the public to the project by defining the study area, the process, and
the study priorities. Over 800 people were invited to this PIC. This included landowners
within and surrounding the Secondary Plan area, people who had expressed an interest
in the project, Council members, and steering committee members. The over 60
residents, business owners, agencies and developers attending the session were
interested in how the framework for future development of this area would be created.
The integrated Environmental Assessment (EA) process was introduced at the project
launch to inform the community that the EA was being undertaken simultaneously with
the Secondary Plan.
Landowner Meeting []October 2019
3.8 In October 9, 2019, a meeting was held for all the landowners within the Secondary
Plan area. This gave these stakeholders the opportunity to view and provide feedback
on the three alternative land use concepts developed for Southeast Courtice. Of the
over 60 landowners invited, approximately 30 attended the meeting.
Public Information Centre number 2 November 2019
3.9 7 KHA DP HAM. FH /H1;6WZ_ N_I RHSlIFMHL\HGA M1J H❑FLUM_E(1FD\AW Slb4b9FW
second PIC on November 5, 2019. Notice of the PIC was given in the same manner as
PIC #1. Approximately 90 people attended this information centre.
3.10 Following the second PIC, the Municipality launched an online mapping exercise to
generate additional feedback. The next major step in the public engagement process
was the statutory public meeting held on June 23, 2020.
Municipality of Clarington Page 6
Report PSD-055-20
4. Priorities in the Secondary Plan and the Urban Design
Guidelines
4.1 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan, the Urban Design and Sustainability
Guidelines and the preparation process has addressed the five priorities identified by
Council in the Secondary Plan Terms of Reference;
❑ Affordable Housing
❑ Sustainability and Climate Change
❑ Excellence in Urban Design
❑ Community Engagement
❑ Co-ordination of Initiatives
Affordable Housing
4.2 Clarington Council, through Official Plan policy and the Housing Task Force, supports
the provision of a variety of housing types, tenure and costs for people of all ages,
abilities and income groups.
Sustainability and Climate Change
4.3 & GU-_J VVL A R LF0XT; S '_V-VB1_DE®I11FJ LW-1 E V-DSSU;0FKVRCG-IFH0SP H W
throughout the Official Plan. This Secondary Plan has addressed the criteria developed
F4ffi F FR❑G DL l_3 GEV[JDC&OJL-J\R❑VMI LWIII� HC_HOSP HEN LPJ lDP _D❑GVM-3 UP\rity Green
Development Framework.
Excellence in Urban Design
4.4 The goal for any new development is to celebrate and enhance the history and
character of Clarington. New neighbourhoods are to be created with a sense of place
and all development should result in high quality design. The Secondary Plan policies
supported by the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines provide substantial
direction for high quality design.
Coordination of Initiatives
4.5 There are several projects integrated with, and yet separate from the Secondary Plan.
This includes the Environmental Assessment process for higher order roads in the
Secondary Plan, the Robinson and Tooley Creeks Subwatershed Study and the
Courtice Employment Lands/Major Transit Station Area Secondary Plan.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Environmental Assessment Process
Page 7
4.5.1. The Municipal Class Environmental Assessment (EA) Act process recognizes the
desirability of coordinating or integrating the planning processes and approvals
under the EA Act and the Planning Act, providing the intent and requirements of
both Acts are met. The aim is to streamline the planning and approvals process.
The integrated approach provides proponents with the opportunity to avoid
duplication.
4.5.2. The key to the EA and planning process integration is to identify when and how
the EA process is addressed and EA criteria are met, through the preparation of
a supplementary document showing the integration steps as follows:
Data Collection and Background Document Review: Previous and
ongoing land use planning and technical environmental documents
collected and reviewed as evidence of inventory and assessment efforts.
The technical documents have been posted for review on the project web
page and circulated to the agencies for their review and comment.
Identification of Opportunities and Constraints (Phase 1 EA): Based
on review of the background documents along with public comments
received from the first Public Information Centre (PIC), problems and
opportunities associated with the development of Southeast Courtice lands
were used to create the Problem and Opportunity Statement.
Identification of Alternative Solutions to Problem or Opportunity
(Phase 2 EA): Alternative methods to address the project need (as
identified in Phase 1 of the EA) are documented, such as do nothing,
development limitations, improve transit, build new roads, etc. The EA
considered the Secondary Plan VJ FUOWRISLW R\N1D /uMDLDE®IEEDVVIDO
environment through the protection of the identified natural heritage system
within an urban setting. In addition, it is the intent of this Secondary Plan to
promote the community planning and design features along with practical
road layouts for the area.
Notifications: All project notices and communications demonstrate clearly
the integrated approach procedure regarding the Secondary Plan.
Consultation Events, Meetings and Documentation: Consultation is a
key component for both the Planning and EA process. All work was
synchronized to ensure documentation supporting both the Planning
process and the EA process.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Page 8
Project Summary Report: Documents will incorporate the commitments
made (including EA Monitoring) into the appropriate EA and planning
documents which will serve as the basis of approvals for the associated
infrastructure.
4.6 The final steps of the Class Environmental Assessment process have not been
completed yet. This will include confirming the applicable Class EA Schedule for
the preferred solution (project), additional Class Environmental Assessment
Phases as appropriate, project summary documentation, public notification and
review. As part of this process, the Landowners Group will take the lead for the
EAs for the identified road projects with the Municipality as a co -proponent.
Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed Study
4.7 This Secondary Plan is located within the watersheds of the Robinson Creek and
Tooley Creek. The Subwatershed Study (SWS) Existing Conditions Report was
released for public comment, and a public meeting was held in November 2019.
4.8 The second phase of the SWS is nearing completion. In this phase, a Subwatershed
Management Report will be prepared. It will provide direction regarding stormwater
management controls, low impact development measures and groundwater
recharge/infiltration parameters. It will also include natural heritage strategies which will
protect, rehabilitate and enhance the environment within the study area. The
consultants preparing the SWS, CLOCA and staff have been working together to ensure
the necessary policies have been included in the Secondary Plan prior to the report
being finalized. After the Secondary Plan is adopted, the development approvals
process will provide additional opportunity for the implementation of the Subwatershed
Study recommendations.
Courtice Employment Lands and Major Transit Station Area Secondary Plan
4.9 The Courtice Employment Lands (CEL) and Major Transit Station Area (MTSA)
Secondary Plan is located adjoining to, and immediately south of, the Southeast
Courtice Secondary Plan. Two north/south collector roads are proposed to connect
these two secondary plans just north of the proposed GO Station site, within the CEL
and MTSA Secondary Plan Area. The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan, and its
integrated Environmental Assessment, will take the lead in establishing the alignment of
these collector roads and will establish land uses, policies, mobility and connectivity
options that respond and complement the planning for the CEL and MTSA.
Municipality of Clarington Page 9
Report PSD-055-20
5. Official Plan Amendment and the Secondary Plan Process ❑
Final Phase
Statutory Public Meeting Notice
5.1 The Public Meeting notice was provided to over 800 people including property owners
inside the Secondary Plan area, landowners within 120 metres of the Secondary Plan
area and interested parties. All draft and supporting documents were posted to the
project web page by June 1, 2020. Clarington Communications promoted the Public
Meeting on the Municipal website and through social media. Notice advertising the
Public Meeting was placed in Clarington This Week and the Orono Times for three
weeks preceding this meeting. All registered interested parties from the beginning of the
project were either mailed or emailed the notice of Public Meeting.
5.2 In addition to receiving a notice of Public Meeting, external agencies and internal
departments were requested to provide their comments regarding the Draft Secondary
Plan and the Draft Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines.
5.3 The Statutory Public Meeting Staff report (PSD-021-2020) was released for public
review as part of the June 23, 2020 Special Meeting of the Planning and Development
Committee agenda. The Staff Report provided an overview of the planning process for
Secondary Plans, a brief overview of the planning policy framework in which the
Secondary Plan has been developed, a summary of public and agency comments
received to date, as well as an overview of the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan and
the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines.
Statutory Public Meeting []June 23, 2020
5.4 7 KH-6 VWWaJ-[3 L:EQFD H-kUJ LLL D/XHUOM R❑❑RCV-3 0:1LL J D❑G�] HEHUSP H W
Committee virtually on June 23, 2020. The Statutory Public Meeting was the
opportunity for Staff to present the Secondary Plan and the Guidelines to Council and
the public to ask questions and provide IHHCF-DFN_17KHP H &JL[IIDV❑DdOP6 G-GTIJ£m
approximately 63 people. The Statutory Public Meeting provided the opportunity for the
public to formally comment on the draft OPA, the draft Secondary Plan and the draft
Guidelines. Since the Public Meeting staff has received an additional 40 written
submissions. A summary of public submissions is provided in Section 7 of this report
and the Public Comment Summary Table in Attachment 3 of this report.
Municipality of Clarington Page 10
Report PSD-055-20
5.5 ❑ d WHIR [& R❑EFLag3l-FlyIR❑ILFLI DlG-L-J 1� UDI V2 3 ❑ -H]111111� LD V6 RAPAJ-3AA& R❑LWH❑
Secondary Plan and the Draft Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines was sent
following the ratification of decisions made by Committee at the Statutory Public
meeting held on June 23, 2020. This notice was sent to the landowners within the
Secondary Plan area and interested parties. The standard notice was modified to
provide further explanation to the recipient as to why they were receiving the Notice
from the Municipality and explained in plain language what the resolution meant.
5.6 Attachment 2 to this staff report presents the Sequence of Events regarding the
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan as well as a hyperlink to the modified Notice of
&R❑❑FLCt Decision described above. In total, each of the landowners have received six
notifications including the one for this report, as the project has advanced to the
recommendation stage.
5.7 Staff have also received comments from the Region of Durham, CLOCA, Bell, Canada
Post, Durham Regional Police Service, the Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board
and the Peterborough Victoria Northumberland Clarington Catholic District School
Board. A summary of their Comments is provided in Section 8 of this report and the
Agency Comment Summary Table in Attachment 4 to this report. The comment tables
provide a review of each comment received and a response as to how the
comment/request has been addressed in the Secondary Plan.
6. Provincial and Regional Policy Conformity
6.1 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan is in conformity with the Provincial Policy
Statement, 2020, A Place to Grow: The Growth Plan for the Greater Golden Horseshoe,
2019, and the Durham Region Official Plan. Collectively the directions regarding
complete communities, a thriving economy, a clean and healthy environment and social
equity have shaped both the Clarington Official Plan and this Secondary Plan. The
Statutory Public Meeting Report PSD-021-20 outlined how the Secondary Plan is in
conformity to these planning documents and included the summary of the robust public
engagement activities.
7. Public Submission Summaries
General Public Comments
7.1 General inquiries were brought forward regarding the timing of construction, project
completion, and clarification on the boundary of the Secondary Plan. Other inquiries
touched upon the details related to the Secondary Plan project and the impacts on
specific properties within the Secondary Plan area. Related comments included topics
such as decisions on future and surrounding land uses, proposed densities, housing,
roads/extensions, traffic and servicing.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Page 11
7.2 Comments were received regarding Secondary Plan boundary adjustments, street
realignments, future infrastructure, stormwater management, and noise and odour from
nearby potential industrial facilities. Many comments supported environmentally
protected lands and features/habitat, increased vegetation, parks, schools, community
facilities, transportation and neighbourhood connectivity.
7.3 More specific concerns were related to seasonal maintenance of roads, wildlife
protection, Tooley Creek, groundwater and the impact to property development
potential. No submissions from the general public were directly related to a proposed
Secondary Plan policy or Urban Design and Sustainability guideline. The comments
have informed the proposed Secondary Plan policies, giving regard to the concerns
expressed. Support and gratitude from the public were also expressed.
7.4 Specific comments were received including the request for additional lands to be
designated for high density/mixed use along Durham Highway 2 and resizing the
adjacent park. A request to shift the Neighbourhood Park and the elementary school
south of Bloor Street, as well as to realign Farmington Drive were also received.
Landowner Group
7.5 The Landowners Group (LOG) represented by Delta Urban Inc. as well as two
developer/landowners are members of the project Steering Committee. The LOG
provided several sets of comments regarding the Secondary Plan and the Urban Design
and Sustainability Guidelines since release for the Public Meeting in June 2020.
Comments were policy and guideline specific. They ranged from being minor in nature,
(grammar, numbering, consistent terminology) to extensive in that they sought changes
to land use provisions that were more aligned with developer expectations (height,
density and built form).
7.6 The LOG also provided detailed comments regarding school and park locations, the
environmental constraints overlay and the extent of the environmental study area.
7.7 All public comments, including those from the LOG, are included in the Public
Comments Summary Table in Attachment 3 to this report. The summary table provides
an outline of the comment received as well as a response as to how the
comment/request has been addressed.
8. Agency Comments
Central Lake Ontario Conservation (CLOCA)
8.1 The extensive comments provided by CLOCA support environmental protection,
recommend conservation and appropriate mitigation measures are incorporated, and
helped strengthen the policy structure of this Secondary Plan.
Municipality of Clarington Page 12
Report PSD-055-20
8.2 CLOCA has encouraged sustainable initiatives be incorporated throughout the
Secondary Plan and Urban Design Guidelines. This includes low -impact development
and stormwater management features within the road network and open space system.
Maintaining ecological integrity is necessary to conserve natural features within the
area. This includes minimizing creek crossings and ensuring trails are planned and
constructed carefully.
8.3 Additional recommendations were noted specifically relating to meeting the Durham
5 H1LR-12 I I LFLDCB GOVWood land cover target of 30% to support ecosystem health; the
creation of green streets; low -impact developments; and proposed roads and
modifications related to potential flooding, drainage, and overall topography. To achieve
Ctomplete streets [ides ign, CLOCA encouraged that the streets incorporate active
transportation routes (bike lanes), permeable paving, trees and vegetation as well as
stormwater planters. New development should be separated from designated vegetated
protection zones to minimize impacts.
Region of Durham
8.4 Staff have received two extensive sets of comments from the Region of Durham since
the release of the draft Secondary Plan and draft Urban Design Guidelines in June
2020.
8.5 The Region of Durham has provided guidance on Regional Corridor and general land
use policies and Regional servicing as it relates to future development in the Secondary
Plan area. The comments were supportive of the Secondary Plan including higher
density, built form requirements along Regional Corridors. Policy direction to ensure
that adequate access and spacing of arterial roads to accommodate higher traffic
volumes as well as for all modes of transit were provided. Policy suggestions have
strengthened how the public realm and surrounding land uses are shaped, while
promoting an attractive community design.
8.6 Region of Durham staff note there is a high degree of respect for natural systems in
Secondary Plan area which is complemented by referencing the existing Clarington
Official Plan policies. Regional Staff encourage an increase in tree planting along
pedestrian routes.
8.7 The Region also suggested policy changes to enhance pedestrian routes, provide better
connectivity within the street network, on trails and within development blocks in order to
allow for a more walkable community to and from nearby transit stops and amenities.
Further comments for the proposed roads and extensions recommended ensuring all
street users, especially cyclists, be accommodated by adhering to Provincial road
design standards. Design consistency is required for the active transportation network
including trails, crossings, and sidewalks.
Municipality of Clarington Page 13
Report PSD-055-20
8.8 Region of Durham staff initially expressed concern that Clarington staff were proceeding
to recommend to Council the Adoption of the Secondary Plan prior to final revisions to
the Functional Servicing Report and the Transportation Report. Updates to these
reports are ongoing and are being coordinated with Region of Durham staff. During
recent meetings, neither Clarington nor Region of Durham staff, or the consultants
preparing the reports, anticipate that any final findings from either of these reports will
impact the Secondary Plan.
8.9 Recommendations from both the Functional Servicing Report and the Transportation
Report will be addressed during the development application process. Policies have
been included in the Secondary Plan to this effect. At the same time, if the report
findings necessitate amendments to the Secondary Plan, Region of Durham staff, in
consultation with Clarington staff can incorporate the necessary amendments into the
Secondary Plan prior to Region of Durham Approval.
School Boards
8.10 The Kawartha Pine Ridge District School Board (KPRDSB) and the Peterborough
Victoria Northumberland and Clarington Catholic District School Board (PVNCCDSB)
support the configuration of the neighbourhoods and the proposed elementary school
locations identified in the Secondary Plan. While the Boards are pleased with the
direction and potential population in the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan, they note
continuous monitoring of development within and around the area will be conducted by
the Boards to determine whether additional elementary or secondary school sites are
required.
8.11 The KPRDSB has indicated their desire for the two sites located north of Bloor Street
while the PVNCCDSB has requested the site south of Bloor Street. These School
Boards are also working together to release a joint Education Development Review and
have advised that this review may demonstrate the projected need for additional
elementary school sites in Courtice.
Other Agencies and Clarington Departments
8.12 Comments have been received from Durham Regional Police Service, Canada Post,
and Bell Canada. These agencies suggested minor policy modifications to the
Secondary Plan or Urban Design and Sustainability guidelines. Generally, comments
from these agencies are more pertinent at the development application stage.
8.13 The Clarington Legislative Services Department, Financial Services, and the Clarington
Fire & Emergency Services Department generally had no objections to the Secondary
Plan.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Page 14
8.14 Staff from &QULJ\ROVPublic Works Department ❑ Infrastructure Division are on the
Secondary Plan Steering Committee and have been providing continuous and
invaluable input to the Secondary Plan and Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines
since the beginning of the project.
Indigenous Consultation
8.15 The Curve Lake First Nation provided valuable information to the Secondary Plan
process, raising concern for potential environmental impacts to drinking water quality,
fish and wild game, territorial lands, archaeology and Aboriginal heritage and culture. In
response to the comments, staff have included Curve Lake First Nation as an interested
party for the two ongoing Subwatershed studies. Staff and Curve Lake First Nation
liaison staff have also committed to bi-monthly meetings to continue our open dialogue.
8.16 All agency comments are included in the Agency Comments Summary Table in
Attachment 4 to this report. The summary table provides an outline of the comment
received as well as a response as to how the comment/request has been addressed.
9. Key Revisions to the Secondary Plan since the Public Meeting
9.1 The recommended OPA 124 attached to this report, reflects the changes made in
response to extensive public participation and comments, DJHEFQfFRP P HFVV-D-VM1N❑
continuing review. While a considerable number of comments were received by
CLOCA, the Region of Durham and the Landowner Group, the concerns raised and the
staff response to them, did not significantly change the direction of the Secondary Plan
or the Design Guidelines from the drafts released on June 1, 2020. The following
summarizes the changes made to the Secondary Plan and the Urban Design and
Sustainability Guidelines.
9.2 Changes to Schedule A ❑ Land Use
❑ The High Density/Mixed Residential designation at Durham Highway 2 and Courtice
Road has been expanded south along Courtice Road and east along Durham
Highway 2.
❑ Farmington Drive has been shifted eastward south of Bloor Street; and
The elementary school, neighbourhood park and parkette have shifted south of
Bloor Street.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Changes to Schedule A Since June Public Meeting
SCHOOL WAS RELOCATED
NEIGHBOURHOOD PARK [NP] WAS RELOCATED
PARKETTER [P] WAS RELOCATED
ROAD WAS REALIGNED
I 1 I
I t I
•1
O 1
P I
I
June 2020 Public Meeting Concept
HIGH DENSITY AREA
WAS EXPANDED
f -
1
NP
1 1lSl •' r ,
June 2020 Public Meeting Col
P.
i
I
i
f
Sa nd6nyham Drive
I
1
1
t
a
Page 15
8hw
� o
�1 V
1 � C
1 0
tY n
I � S
Legend Environmental Pratectiw Area
=SECSP Boundary `Fnvirpnmental Gon5tra int
=High Density&li.ad Use Q LnYimriaiental Study ARo— Schedule A- Land Use
I Nlediurn nensity Regional Cgrridor VAbtercourse - Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan -
A r C Low Density Residential Z. t=lertierit:rrySr:haol
■ �j =Neighbourhood Park 01 Nntn' -F n,I F.Y.F n �imx to [ . dd—in-A by Rnhn... T.�nk.� AiiFwaMrxhrrl S,.dy � I xndrran^;
Prominent Infl anag ion —wee auntr:l U 1L — emnr: —n audy
�Parkette * Stornrwatcr FAanagcmcnt Paciliry f544'Tj'
Figure 2. Changes made to the Land Use Schedule presented at the public meeting
Municipality of Clarington Page 16
Report PSD-055-20
9.3 Changes to Schedule B ❑ Transportation, Parks and Open Space
Farmington Drive, south of Bloor Street, has been shifted eastward
❑ Elementary School symbol south of Bloor Street has been shifted westward.
❑ Neighbourhood Park south of Bloor Street has been relocated to the south
❑ Parkette south of Bloor Street has been relocated to the west.
9.4 Summary of revisions to Secondary Plan policies:
F Reorganization of the document layout including an expanded Community
Structure chapter;
❑ Objectives have been added to many sections including Land Use, Urban Design
and Transportation;
❑ Many numeric references have been removed from the Urban Design chapter;
❑ Policies regarding Environmental Protection, Stormwater Management and Cost
Sharing have been added;
F At many intersections with Regional Corridors, the minimum height of buildings is
four storeys;
L The multiway design for Bloor Street and Courtice Road is no longer a
requirement, but instead encouraged particularly in proximity to the High
Density/Mixed Use areas at Bloor and Courtice Roads;
L Additional Rear Lane policies have been included; and
F- Affordable Housing Policies have been strengthened (see Section 9.4.1.)
Affordable Housing Policies
9.4.1. Clarington Council, through Official Plan policy supports the provision of a variety
of housing types, tenure and costs for people of all ages, abilities and income
groups. These Council policies are also reflected in the adopted Affordable
Housing Tool Kit as outlined in the staff report CAO-013-19.
9.4.2. The Clarington Affordable Housing Toolkit has the following recommendations
that are being implemented through this Secondary Plan:
Encouraging affordable housing through Secondary Plan
policies: The Terms of Reference for the Secondary Plan as approved by
Council and agreed to by the Landowners Group includes affordable
housing as a priority for the project.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
Page 17
Expedited approvals: The Secondary Plan includes policy that any project
with a component of rental units designated and approved by CMHC at
80% of the average market rent will be given priority processing.
Accessory Units: The Secondary Plan includes policies that provide for
accessory units in detached or semi-detached units, expanding the supply
of rental units in the community.
9.4.3. Following the statutory public meeting, and after more research, staff included
polices in the Secondary Plan that require either the dedication of land for
affordable housing or contribution of funds to the Municipality to support
development of affordable housing units. In discussions with the Landowners
Group, they have selected the option of providing funds to the Municipality
through a voluntary contribution agreement.
9.4.4. Once Council adopts the Secondary Plan, Planning staff will present to &R LFKV
Task Force on Affordable Housing about how other Secondary Plans will
continue to implement this approach and how the Municipality should treat these
funds.
9.4.5. The Secondary Plan policies for the provision of land or funds for affordable
housing are not linked to additional density.
9.5 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan implements the affordable housing policies of
the Clarington Official Plan as well as the direction of the Clarington Affordable Housing
Toolkit in collaboration with the private sector.
Summary of Revisions to the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines
9.6 Like the Secondary Plan, the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines have been
reorganized into a more standardize format. The above described changes to the
Secondary Plan policies has necessitated minor changes. As with the Secondary Plan
policies, there are no major shifts in direction since the Draft Urban Design and
Sustainability Guidelines were presented at the public meeting.
9.7 All comments received regarding the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines are in
the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines Comments Summary Table in
Attachment 5 to this report. The summary table provides an outline of the comment
received as well as a response as to how the comment/request has been addressed.
Municipality of Clarington Page 18
Report PSD-055-20
10. Fiscal Impact Analysis Summary
10.1 Large scale development proposals can require significant public investment. The
Municipality also needs to understand what the long-term revenue and expenditure
impact of the proposed developments would be before they are approved. The Official
Plan requires that a Financial Impact Analysis (FIA) be undertaken for Secondary Plans.
Accordingly, staff have undertaken a Financial Impact Analysis for the Southeast
Courtice Secondary Plan.
10.2 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan will guide development of approximately 295
hectares of land. The Secondary Plan area is anticipated to undergo significant growth
and development, with a planned population of approximately 12,694 residents and
5,036 residential units including 13 parks (eight neighbourhood parks and five
parkettes), 10 stormwater management facilities and three elementary schools.
10.3 Residential and commercial growth has a significant financial impact to the Municipality
through both the initial investment in infrastructure as well as the annual costs of
providing services to a growing community.
10.4 While there are tools in place to fund capital infrastructure that is required for growth,
the ongoing cost of providing services are not covered by such charges. These services
are ERU_H_E:11 I[0 ❑❑LFLSD mE(ND\AAFIWP H WV-WRUHIII IP SRI]U_MW_I
determine if the new assessment growth in the Secondary Plan area will be sufficient to
pay for the ongoing operations which are associated with that growth.
10.5 The FIA includes assumptions and estimates which are based on the best information
available at the time of writing. The actual design of the Secondary Plan, the timing of
the development, type of development, and service impact will all modify the actual
results.
10.6 As summarized by the FIA, it appears that there will be a relatively minor shortfall in the
annual revenue generated to contribute to operating costs, there are impacts of growth
that accrue to the community. On the other hand, economic growth from additional small
businesses needed to service the population, business to business sales, and cultural
C_ DLHBSRVLWHl R- HVR VUJ LR❑\K RAP SDFVVgH-0 ❑dFLSDUVC/-
bottom line as it does not directly attribute to property tax or user fee revenues.
10.7 The FIA recommends that the Municipality revisit the Development Charges Study
before the five-year required review once all the secondary plans currently underway
are completed in order to ensure that all capital costs are properly included and
recovered.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
11. Next Steps
Page 19
11.1 As with other secondary plans and given the number of documents and comments from
Council. Some technical changes to wording or schedules may take place prior to the
Municipality forwarding the documents to the Region of Durham for approval.
Recommendation #4 requests Council authorize the Director of Planning and
Development Services to finalize the form and content of OPA 124.
11.2 Once Clarington Council adopts OPA 124, it will be forwarded to the Region of Durham
for review and approval. The Region has various options. It may approve, approve with
modifications, deny or make no decision (in other words defer making a decision)
regarding OPA 124 and the Secondary Plan.
11.3 Prior to issuing a decision on OPA 124, it is anticipated that Region of Durham staff will
provide a list of proposed modifications to the Director of Planning and Development
Services. Staff will review those proposed modifications and bring a report to Council
outlining the proposed modifications. Council will then be able to provide comments to
the Region of Durham on the proposed modifications before the Region of Durham
issues its decision.
11.4 Once the Region of Durham issues its decision, the landowners and those people on
the interested parties list will be notified and a 20-day appeal period is provided. Any
person or organization that has provided comments to Clarington Council prior to the
adoption of OPA 124, and/or to the Durham Region prior to issuing its decision, has the
right to appeal all or part of the Official Plan Amendment. Once the OPA is approved
and the appeal period lapses, the Secondary Plan becomes part of the Official Plan and
it would be in full force and effect.
12. Concurrence
Both the Director of Financial Services and Director of Public Works concur with the
recommendations of this report.
Municipality of Clarington
Report PSD-055-20
13. Conclusion
Page 20
13.1 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan will guide the development of a transit
supportive neighbourhood that will be the future home for about 12,000 residents. This
Secondary Plan encourages a diverse range of housing units within walking distance to
shopping, services, schools and amenities. The conservation of the natural
environment and the development of a robust active transportation network is provided
as a foundation for this plan. Densities will be concentrated along the Regional
Corridors (Durham Highway 2, Bloor Street and Courtice Road) while the remainder of
the area will support low density housing.
13.2 It is respectfully recommended that Council Adopt Official Plan Amendment 124 to
include the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan and Urban Design and Sustainability
Guidelines into the Clarington Official Plan.
Staff Contact: Lisa Backus, Principal Planner, 905-623-3379 ext. 2413
Ibackus@clarington.net; Carlos Salazar, Manager csalazar@clarington.net
Attachments:
Attachment 1 - OPA 124, Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan and UDSG
Attachment 2 ❑ Sequence of Events
Attachment 3 ❑ Public Comments Summary Table
Attachment 4 ❑Agency Comments Summary Table
Attachment 5 - Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines Comments Summary Table
Interested Parties:
List of Interested Parties available from Department.
Clarftwn
Amendment No. 124
To the Clarington Official Plan
Purpose: The purpose of this Amendment is to include the Southeast Courtice
Secondary Plan into the Clarington Official Plan. This Secondary
Plan, including Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines will
facilitate the development of a sustainable, livable and inclusive
community in Courtice.
Key to this Secondary Plan area is the presence and protection of the
Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek valleys and the associated natural
environment. Along with the two Regional Corridors, Bloor Street and
Courtice Road, these are predominant features defining the structure
of the Secondary Plan area.
Although predominantly residential, the Secondary Plan area will
feature a mix, location and intensity of uses that allow many needs to
be met locally, while also having access to broader amenities.
Walking, cycling and transit are all provided for throughout.
The major roads are important transportation routes and they will
feature landscaping, built form, and a mix of uses that are connected
to the interior neighbourhoods. They are designed to have attractive
and inviting spaces.
Location: This Amendment applies to approximately 295-ha area generally
bounded by Hancock Road in the east, the Robinson Creek Valley to
the west and by Durham Highway 2 in the north. The southern
boundary is a future collect road located south of Bloor Street. The
subject lands are entirely within the Courtice urban area.
Basis: Clarington Council authorized the commencement of this Secondary
Plan at a public meeting before Clarington Council in January 2018.
The Secondary Plan has been prepared based on five priorities of
Council. Affordable Housing, Excellence in Urban Design and
Sustainability and Climate Change are key policy directions guiding
the Secondary Plan. This Plan has been integrated with the
Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed Study as well and
the Municipal Class Environmental Assessment process for new
roads. And fundamental to the above has been Public Participation.
The Secondary Plan's first public information centre (PIC) was held at
the South Courtice Arena in June 2018. Over 60 landowners and
members of the public attended this session. At this meeting,
attendees were introduced to the Secondary Plan planning and
design process.
Background reports were prepared as part of the Secondary Plan
process. The background reports below highlighted key challenges
and opportunities for Southeast Courtice and provided direction to the
Secondary Plan. The list of reports is as follows:
x Technical Summary Report
x Planning Background
x Affordable Housing Analysis
x Commercial Needs Assessment
x Transportation Report
x Functional Servicing Background Report
x Landscape Analysis
x Agricultural Impact Assessment
x Archaeological Assessment
x Built Heritage and Cultural Heritage Landscape Screening
x Natural Resources Background Analysis, SWS Integration
x Sustainability & Green Principles
Also supporting the Secondary Plan is the Robinson Creek and
Tooley Creek Subwatershed Study. Recommendations stemming
from this study have been incorporated into the Secondary Plan and
will be further addressed through development applications within the
Secondary Plan Area.
Prior to the second PIC, all landowners in the Study area were invited
to an information session. This included a presentation of existing
land use policy and best practices in neighbourhood design. This was
followed by a presentation of three land use options for the Area. The
priorities for all three options included environmental protection, an
active transportation network and diverse housing mix, however each
option explored a unique development objective. This same
information was then presented to the public at the second PIC.
Approximately 120 people attended these two sessions.
Public and landowner input was received through an online
community building tool, surveys, comment forms and roundtable
discussions. The Steering Committee's input has also provided
direction.
The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan and the Urban Design and
Sustainability Guidelines have been created based upon the study
team's analysis and the public consultation process described above.
Actual
Amendment:
Unless otherwise indicated, in the Amendment, newly added text is
shown with underlining, and deleted text is shown with a threugh.
1. Existing Part Six, Section 3 "General Policies for Secondary Plans" is
hereby amended as follows:
"3. Secondary Plans have been prepared for the following areas:
a) Bowmanville East Town Centre;
b) Bowmanville West Town Centre;
c) Courtice Main Street;
d) Newcastle Village Main Central Area;
e) Port Darlington Neighbourhood;
f) South-West Courtice;
g) Clarington Energy Business Park;
h) Brookhill Neighbourhood;
i) Clarington Technology Business Parks and
j) Foster Northwest and
k) Southeast Courtice."
2. Existing Part Six Secondary Plans is amended by adding a new
Secondary Plan to Part Six as follows:
Secondary Plans
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan
Municipality of Clarington
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan - Recommended
Table of Contents
1 Introduction................................................................................................................1
2 Vision and Objectives.................................................................................................2
2.1 Vision...................................................................................................................2
2.2 Objectives............................................................................................................4
3 Community Structure.................................................................................................5
3.1 Regional Corridor.................................................................................................5
3.2 Prominent Intersections.......................................................................................5
3.3 Urban Residential.................................................................................................7
3.4 Parks and Open Space System...........................................................................8
3.5 Gateways.............................................................................................................9
4 Land Use....................................................................................................................9
4.1 Objectives............................................................................................................9
4.2 General Policies...................................................................................................9
4.3 High Density/Mixed Use.....................................................................................10
4.4 Medium Density Regional Corridor....................................................................11
4.5 Low Density Residential.....................................................................................13
5 Urban Design...........................................................................................................13
5.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................13
5.2 General Policies.................................................................................................14
5.3 Development within Regional Corridors.............................................................16
5.4 Development within Low Density Residential Designation.................................18
5.5 Transition...........................................................................................................18
5.6 Private Amenities...............................................................................................19
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan - Recommended
6 Natural Heritage.......................................................................................................19
6.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................19
6.2 General Policies.................................................................................................20
6.3 Environmental Protection Area...........................................................................20
6.4 Environmental Constraints Overlay....................................................................21
7 Parks and Community Facilities...............................................................................22
7.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................22
7.2 Parks..................................................................................................................23
7.3 Elementary Schools...........................................................................................24
7.4 Community and Recreation Facilities.................................................................25
8 Community Culture and Heritage.............................................................................25
8.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................25
8.2 Reflecting the Local Community.........................................................................25
9 Transportation..........................................................................................................26
9.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................26
9.2 Transportation Network......................................................................................27
9.3 Road Network....................................................................................................28
9.4 Arterial Roads....................................................................................................30
9.5 Collector Roads..................................................................................................32
9.6 Local Roads.......................................................................................................33
9.7 Rear Lanes.........................................................................................................34
9.8 Public Transit.....................................................................................................35
9.9 Integration and Quality of Active Transportation Routes....................................36
10 Housing....................................................................................................................38
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan - Recommended
10.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................38
10.2 General Policies.................................................................................................38
11 Infrastructure, Stormwater Management and Environmental Performance..............40
11.1 Objectives..........................................................................................................40
11.2 Infrastructure and Utilities...................................................................................41
11.3 Stormwater Management and Low Impact Development...................................41
11.4 Urban Forest and Native Plantings....................................................................42
11.5 Building Technology...........................................................................................43
11.6 Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines......................................................43
12 Implementation and Interpretation............................................................................44
12.1 Environmental Study Area.................................................................................44
12.2 Zoning By-law....................................................................................................44
12.3 Implementation...................................................................................................44
12.4 Interpretation......................................................................................................46
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
1 Introduction
Southeast Courtice represents a major expansion of the Courtice community.
The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area is approximately 295 hectares in size.
It is comprised of portions of the Emily Stowe, Avondale and Ebenezer
neighbourhoods as identified in Appendix B of the Clarington Official Plan. It is
generally bounded to the north by Durham Highway 2 and Hancock Road to the east,
while the southern boundary is south of Bloor Street and the western boundary is
located east of Prestonvale Road near Robinson Creek.
Prominent features include the presence of a number of regional roads which bisect
and border the area and significant natural heritage features and hydrologically
sensitive features, including the headwaters and tributaries of Tooley Creek and
Robinson Creek.
The Secondary Plan area is anticipated to undergo significant growth and
development, with a planned population of approximately 12,000 residents and
5,000 units. The purpose of the Secondary Plan is to establish goals and policies to
guide development within Southeast Courtice, as it is implemented through
subdivision, zoning and site plan control. Several key themes run throughout this
Secondary Plan:
Sustainability — Southeast Courtice will be developed to minimize the
community's impact on the environment and to protect and celebrate nature. The
Secondary Plan supports sustainability by:
x Setting a high standard of environmental performance for buildings,
infrastructure
and other parts of the built environment;
x Mitigating the community's contribution to climate change while also assuring
its resilience through adaptation measures;
x Supporting lifestyles that result in lower resource consumption and produce
less waste and pollution;
x Creating a community where people can move around by walking, cycling
and transit rather than private automobile; and
x Developing in a manner that is compatible with the surrounding
natural environment.
Liveability — Southeast Courtice will offer an excellent quality of life for residents
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
and workers. The Secondary Plan supports liveability by:
x Providing the public and private amenities needed in day-to-day life;
x Creating a pleasant place to be through the design of the built environment
and access to nature;
x Fostering a sense of identity and belonging; and
x Supporting and enabling healthy active lifestyles.
Inclusivity — Southeast Courtice will be a community that everyone can call
home, regardless of age, ability or income. Inclusivity is promoted by:
x Providing a range of housing choices for a diversity of income levels
and household sizes, including affordable housing;
x Creating a community that is fit for all stages of life and people of varying
ability; and
x Reflecting and celebrating the cultural heritage of the area, past and present.
The Urban Design and Sustainable Development Guidelines included as an
Appendix provide further guidance on the implementation of the policies of this
Secondary Plan.
2 Vision and Objectives
2.1 Vision
Southeast Courtice will be a sustainable, liveable and inclusive community. It will
have its own identity, while contributing to the larger Courtice and Clarington
communities. Although predominantly residential, it will feature a mix, location and
intensity of uses that allow many needs to be met locally, while also having access
to broader amenities in the surrounding areas. Walking, cycling and transit will be
attractive and viable alternatives to the car.
A key part of Southeast Courtice's identity will be the presence of nature. The
natural heritage system, including features related to the Robinson and Tooley
Creeks, will be conserved, enhanced, and sensitively incorporated into a parks and
open space system. Trees and landscaped spaces will extend greenery throughout
the area.
The area's major roads will also serve as defining features for Southeast Courtice.
While providing important transportation routes, they will feature landscaping, built
form, mix of uses and connections to the interior of the neighbourhood that make
them attractive and inviting public places. They will serve as community focal points
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
which join Southeast Courtice together.
In this manner, Southeast Courtice will combine diverse uses, intensities and
places into an integrated and connected whole.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
2.2 Objectives
The goals of sustainability, liveability and inclusivity link all parts of the Secondary Plan
and are pursued in tandem to create a well-balanced community that meets the needs
of its residents and workers while respecting fundamental environmental constraints. To
realize these goals, development within the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area
shall achieve the following objectives:
2.2.1 Foster a sustainable, low -carbon community that is resilient to the potential
impacts of climate change.
2.2.2 Create an efficient land use pattern and urban form which is supportive of transit
provision, enables residents to meet many of their needs locally within walking
distance, and provides good transitions between uses and areas of development
intensity.
2.2.3 Foster a multi -modal community where walking, cycling and transit are viable and
attractive alternatives to travel by automobile.
2.2.4 Protect, maintain and enhance the natural heritage system in a manner which
conserves and enhances its ecological integrity and function.
2.2.5 Provide access within walking distance to an appropriate supply of parks,
schools, community amenities and local retail and services.
2.2.6 Integrate the built and natural environments to create a sense of place and
identity, as well as provide access to nature in an appropriate manner.
2.2.7 Prioritize the creation of an attractive and vibrant public realm, integrated with a
hierarchy of community focal points, to serve as the centre of day-to-day
activities and community life.
2.2.8 Offer a variety of housing forms, sizes and tenures, including affordable housing,
that allow households of various sizes and incomes to find a home within
Southeast Courtice.
2.2.9 Celebrate the cultural heritage of the area in a manner which communicates and
conserves meaningful elements of its landscape and historic evolution.
2.2.10 Phase development in a manner which supports efficient infrastructure
implementation.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
3 Community Structure
The Community Structure for the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan establishes a
distribution of uses and intensities of development to achieve the objectives identified in
Section 2 of this Secondary Plan. The components of the Southeast Courtice
Secondary Plan that define its Community Structure are identified below.
3.1 Regional Corridor
3.1.1 Bloor Street, Courtice Road and Highway 2 and the lands adjacent to them are
Regional Corridors. They are Priority Intensification Areas and the routes for
future transit service. Regional Corridors align with the Medium Density Regional
Corridor and High Density/Mixed Use designations shown on Schedule A.
3.1.2 Regional Corridors shall be the location of the highest densities, tallest buildings
and greatest mixing of uses, in order to concentrate population in areas with
good access to transit and amenities.
3.1.3 Development along Regional Corridors shall achieve an overall density of 85 units
per net hectare.
3.1.4 Regional Corridors shall be the location of commercial retail and service uses to
serve the community. Commercial retail and service uses shall be concentrated
to reinforce community focal points, while ensuring a good level of amenity
within walking distance of all residential areas.
3.1.5 Regional Corridors are located along the principal transportation routesthrough
and within the community. These routes will feature the highest frequency and
most direct transit connecting the area to the rest of Clarington and Durham
Region.
3.1.6 The principal transportation routes along Regional Corridors also contribute to
local connectivity, joined to a modified grid network of streets that connects to the
rest of the neighbourhood.
3.1.7 Given volumes of vehicular traffic, particular care shall be given to creating an
environment that is safe, comfortable, attractive and efficient for users of active
transportation.
3.1.8 Within Regional Corridors, the public right-of-way and private built form shall be
designed to create important and inviting public spaces which contribute
significantly to the identity of the area and serve as community focal points.
3.2 Prominent Intersections
3.2.1 Prominent Intersections are located at Bloor Street and Trulls Road, Bloor Street
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
and Courtice Road, and Highway 2 and Courtice Road.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
3.2.2 Prominent Intersections shall serve as community focal points, both visually in
terms of building height, massing and orientation, architectural treatment and
materials, and landscaping, and functionally in terms of destination uses and
public spaces and amenities such as street furniture and public art.
3.2.3 Within Regional Corridors, the greatest heights and densities shall occur at
Prominent Intersections and the nodes which surround them. These areas are
also encouraged to have the greatest concentration of commercial retail and
service uses.
3.2.4 Among these nodes, a hierarchy will be established as follows:
a. Bloor Street and Courtice Road shall feature the greatest heights and
densities and the primary concentration of retail and service uses. The
provision of retail and service uses shall allow residents to meet many of
their retail and service needs within the local area;
b. Highway 2 and Courtice Road shall feature a similar intensity of
development as the node above, although over a smaller area. Existing
levels of retail and service uses will be maintained in this area; and
c. Bloor Street and Trulls Road shall feature built form not less than 4 storeys
in height and are encouraged to include retail and service uses that
provide amenity to the surrounding neighbourhoods.
3.2.5 Privately owned publicly -accessible plazas shall be located at Prominent
Intersections to contribute to their visual prominence, reinforce their role as
community focal points, improve the relationship of built form to the public right-
of-way, and contribute to the area's identity. Alternative locations that provide a
similar level of amenity may be considered to satisfy this requirement.
3.3 Urban Residential
3.3.1 Urban Residential areas are predominantly residential areas, outside of the
Regional Corridors, which will feature built form of lower density and height in
ground -related units. Urban Residential areas correspond with the Low Density
Residential designation shown on Schedule A.
3.3.2 Urban Residential areas will be the location of many of Southeast Courtice's
larger parks and schools. These amenities will be integrated into areas set apart
from the intensity of the Regional Corridors.
3.3.3 Other compatible uses, including small-scale service and neighbourhood retail
commercial uses and home -based occupations will be permitted.
3.3.4 Urban Residential areas shall combine with other elements of the Community
Structure to create neighbourhoods at a walkable scale which contain a mix of
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
land uses and housing types, provide access to local retail and services, and are
within a short walking distance to a Neighbourhood Park.
3.4 Parks and Open Space System
3.4.1 The parks and open space system comprise: Environmental Protection Areas
and associated areas, parks and other outdoor civic uses, and stormwater
management ponds. Together, they provide spaces that support the ecological
functions and hydrological functions of the area, serve as venues for outdoor
community and recreational life, and, through trails and crossings, contribute to
pedestrian and cycling networks.
Environmental Protection Areas and Associated Areas
3.4.2 Environmental Protection Areas are the primary component of the parks and
open space system. The conservation and enhancement of Environmental
Protection Areas will bring the imprint of the area's natural features and original
geography into the development of Southeast Courtice in a way that defines
Community Structure and identity.
3.4.3 The features of the Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek systems contribute
particularly strongly to Community Structure and connect to a broader sub -
watershed beyond the Secondary Plan area boundaries. The Robinson Creek
defines the western boundary of the Secondary Plan area. The Tooley Creek
forms the basis for naturalized corridors that run through much of the Secondary
Plan area.
3.4.4 Access to Environmental Protection Areas and associated areas through the
development of public trails will be undertaken in a manner which conserves their
ecological integrity. Environmental Protection Areas will serve as the backbone of
network of parks, trails and open spaces.
Parks
3.4.5 Parks are vital public spaces connecting to a broader public realm network. A
quantity and quality of park space shall be provided that meets the needs of
residents and enables a variety of opportunities for passive and active recreation.
3.4.6 Parks shall be located to achieve a number of objectives:
a. By locating adjacent to Environmental Protection Areas, parks will foster a
connection to natural areas, contribute to the identity of Southeast
Courtice as a community close to nature, create a visual connection to the
larger open space system and link into a system of trails;
b. By locating adjacent to other outdoor civic uses, like school grounds,
parks will create larger open spaces and realize co -benefits in terms of
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
amenities;
c. Ensure that the entire community has good access to parks within a short
walking distance of their homes; and
d. Ensure good access and visibility from public streets.
Stormwater Management Ponds
3.4.7 Where appropriate, stormwater management ponds will be treated as public
assets and part of the parks and open space system. Their amenity and
ecological value will be realized as: areas of passive recreation through the
inclusion of paths and trails; areas of ecological value as enhanced wildlife
habitat through appropriate planting; and visual extensions of other components
of the parks and open space system.
3.5 Gateways
3.5.1 Gateways shall be located at major arterials along the eastern edge of the
Secondary Plan area and feature landscaping that highlights entry into the
Courtice area. The primary gateway shall be located at Hancock Road and
Highway 2, with a secondary gateway located at Hancock Road and BloorStreet.
4 Land Use
4.1 Objectives
4.1.1 Realize efficient and transit -supportive urban densities by achieving targets of 50
people and jobs per gross hectare.
4.1.2 Feature a mix of uses and a variety of locations that enable residents to meet
many of their needs within walking distance.
4.1.3 Locate the highest intensity of development and greatest mix of uses along
Regional Corridors to foster access to commercial amenities and transit.
4.1.4 Provide levels of commercial retail and service uses to meet local needs without
detracting from the Courtice Urban Centre located outside the Secondary Plan
area near the intersection of Trulls Road and Highway 2.
4.2 General Policies
4.2.1 The pattern of land use is identified in Schedule A of the Secondary Plan. Minor
alterations which maintain the general intent of the policies of this Secondary
Plan may occur without amendment through the development approval process
in accordance with policies 24.1.2 and 24.1.3 of the Clarington Official Plan.
4.2.2 The following land use designations apply within the Secondary Plan Area:
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
a. High Density/Mixed Use;
b. Medium Density Regional Corridor;
c. Low Density Residential;
d. Neighbourhood Parks;
e. Parkettes; and
f. Environmental Protection Areas.
4.2.3 Schedule A also includes two overlays that establish areas where further study is
required before development as per the underlying designation is permitted:
a. Environmental Constraints; and
b. Environmental Study Area.
4.2.4 The consolidation and integrated development of properties within the Secondary
Plan area shall be encouraged.
4.2.5 New development shall provide a range of unit sizes, in terms of number of
bedrooms, within multiple -unit buildings.
4.2.6 Drive -through facilities are not a permitted use in any land use designation.
4.2.7 Service stations are not a permitted use in any land use designation.
4.3 High Density/Mixed Use
4.3.1 Lands designated as High Density/Mixed Use are located within the Regional
Corridor.
4.3.2 The High Density/Mixed Use designation allows for the greatest concentration of
density and mix of uses in the Secondary Plan Area along portions of Regional
Corridors. The areas designated High Density/Mixed Use are nodes that shall
serve as community focal points located at Prominent Intersections.
Permitted Uses
4.3.3 The predominant use of lands with the High Density/Mixed Use designation is
housing in mid- and high-rise building forms combined with concentrations of
retail and service uses, including professional offices and medical office uses.
4.3.4 Permitted dwelling types shall include:
a. Apartment buildings; and
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
b. Dwelling units within a mixed use building.
4.3.5 The High Density/Mixed Use designation supports mixed use buildings with
commercial uses located within a building podium and/or at -grade.
4.3.6 Stand alone retail, service or office is not permitted within this designation.
Height and Density
4.3.7 Building heights shall be a minimum of 7 storeys and a maximum of 12 storeys.
4.3.8 Development on lands designated High Density/Mixed Use shall have a net
density target of 120 units per net hectare.
4.3.9 The highest and most dense forms of development shall be located fronting the
Regional Corridor. Development shall provide a transition, locating less dense
and lower scale buildings in locations adjacent to lower density designations.
4.3.10 Notwithstanding policy 4.3.7 of this plan, development at the Prominent
Intersection of Bloor Street and Courtice Road may permit heights greater than
12 storeys, subject to the following conditions:
a. The development is complementary with the scale of surrounding buildings;
b. There is high -quality architectural design and treatment to create a
signature, landmark development;
c. The massing of the development includes a podium and tower element. The
floor plate of the tower element is no greater than 750 square metres to
ensure a slim profile and fast-moving shadow;
d. Development ensures comfortable conditions on surrounding pedestrian
spaces in terms of wind; and
e. No incremental shadow impacts are created on adjacent public parks or
other sunlight sensitive land uses.
4.4 Medium Density Regional Corridor
4.4.1 Lands designated as Medium Density Regional Corridor are generally located
within the Regional Corridor.
Permitted Uses
4.4.2 The predominant use of lands within the Medium Density Regional Corridor
designation are a mix of housing types and tenures in mid -rise building forms.
Retail and service uses shall be provided at strategic locations to reinforce the
Community Structure and provide access to local amenities within walking
distance for residents of the surrounding areas.
4.4.3 Permitted dwelling types shall include:
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
a. Apartment buildings;
b. Townhouses;
c. Stacked townhouses;
d. Dwelling units within a mixed use building;
e. Accessory apartments, as per Policy 6.3.5 of the Clarington Official Plan;
and
Other dwelling types that provide housing at the same or higher densities
as those above.
4.4.4 Retail and service uses including professional offices and medical office uses
shall only be permitted on the ground floor of a mixed use building with an
entrance and frontage onto an arterial road.
4.4.5 A concentration of retail and service uses, including professional and
medical offices, is encouraged to reinforce the Prominent Intersection of
Bloor Street and Trulls Road.
Height and Density
4.4.6 Building heights shall be a minimum of 3 storeys and a maximum of 6 storeys.
4.4.7 Development on lands designated Medium Density Regional Corridor shall have a
net density target of 60 units per net hectare.
4.4.8 The highest and most dense forms of development shall be located fronting the
Regional Corridor. Development shall provide a transition, locating less dense
and lower scale buildings in locations adjacent to the Low Density Residential
designation within the Urban Residential area.
4.4.9 Within the Medium Density Regional Corridor designation, the highest and
densest forms are encouraged to be located at the intersections of a Regional
Corridor with an arterial or collector road to provide built form and housing type
variety along the Regional Corridors.
4.4.10 Within the Medium Density Regional Corridor designation buildings and
townhouses less than 4 storeys in height are not permitted within 50 metres of
the following:
a. The intersection of Bloor Street and Trulls Road;
b. The intersection of Courtice Road and Sandringham Drive;
c. The intersection of Courtice Road and the future East-West Collector located
south of Bloor Street;
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
d. The northeast corner of the intersection of Courtice Road and future
Meadowglade Road;
e. The southeast and southwest corners of the Bloor Street and Farmington Drive
intersection; and
f. The intersection of Highway 2 and the future North -South collector road
located between Courtice Road and Hancock Road.
4.5 Low Density Residential
Permitted Uses
4.5.1 The predominant use of lands within the Low Density Residential designation
shall be a mix of housing types and tenures in low-rise building forms.
4.5.2 The following residential building types are permitted:
a. Detached dwellings;
b. Semi-detached dwellings;
c. Townhouses; and
d. Accessory apartments, as per Policy 6.3.5 of the Clarington Official Plan.
4.5.3 Detached and semi-detached dwelling units shall account for 80 percent of
the total number of units in Low Density Residential designation, with units in
other building types accounting for the remaining 20 percent.
4.5.4 Other uses, including small scale service and neighbourhood retail commercial
uses, which are supportive of and compatible with residential uses, are also
permitted in accordance with Policies 9.3.1, 9.3.2 and 9.3.3 of the Clarington
Official Plan.
Height and Density
4.5.5 Buildings within the Low Density Residential designation shall not exceed 3
storeys in height.
4.5.6 Development on lands designated Low Density Residential shall have a
minimum net density of 13 to a maximum net density of 25 units per net
hectare.
5 Urban Design
5.1 Objectives
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
5.1.1 Realize attractive and harmonious built form which creates visual interest and
contributes to a positive public realm.
5.1.2 Prioritize the creation of a positive public realm, of which public streets are an
essential component, which is the focus of day-to-day activities and community
life through building orientation, massing and height, animating uses, materiality,
street furniture, landscaping, and public art.
5.1.3 Establish a modified grid pattern of streets, complemented by off-street mid -block
connections and trails, to serve as a network of fine-grained connectivity between
all parts of the Secondary Plan area and, where appropriate, to surrounding
areas.
5.1.4 Provide a good transition between areas of different development intensity and
uses.
5.2 General Policies
5.2.1 Development shall distribute heights, densities and concentrations of varied uses
as per the policies of this Secondary Plan to realize diversity within the built
environment and create community focal points.
5.2.2 Development shall provide good transitions between areas of different height,
density and uses within the Secondary Plan area and to the areas and uses
outside its boundaries.
5.2.3 A modified grid network of streets and the associated pattern of blocks shall
serve to integrate and link high, medium and low density areas into a unified
urban fabric.
5.2.4 The highly connected network of streets shall be supplemented by mid -block
pedestrian connections and trails to further enhance the pedestrian permeability
of the area, the efficiency and variety of pedestrian routes and access to transit.
5.2.5 Development shall contribute to the creation of a high quality public realm which
is safe, comfortable, visually -pleasing and animated, supports active
transportation and community life, and contributes to the distinct character of
Southeast Courtice.
5.2.6 Streets, mid -block connections and trails are important parts of the public realm.
In addition to serving as routes, they shall serve as public places in their own
right and a venue for community life. They shall link Southeast Courtice together,
and with other public places create a public realm network.
5.2.7 Built form shall be massed and sited to frame streets and public spaces in a
consistent manner.
5.2.8 To support the animation of the public realm and enhance the pedestrian
environment, the primary orientation of buildings and the location of main
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
pedestrian entrances shall be on a public street. Reverse frontage development
generally shall not be permitted within the Secondary Plan Area.
5.2.9 To avoid a garage -dominated streetscape where lot frontages are narrow, public
rear lanes are permitted and encouraged.
5.2.10 The site planning of parking accessed from a rear laneway shall produce an
attractive and safe rear lane streetscape, providing for both vehicular and
pedestrian safety and landscape opportunities.
5.2.11 More broadly, development shall be sited and building elevations and site plans
designed to create an animated frontage or flankage of streets, mid -block
connections and public spaces to achieve animation and passive surveillance,
through the location of building entrances and outdoor amenity areas, street
furniture, and transparent glazing.
5.2.12 Variation in building typology, architectural detailing and massing shall be used to
create built form variation that is harmonious and that avoids repetition which can
reduce the visual interest of streetscapes.
5.2.13 Buildings should be sited to avoid front -to -back and/or overlook conditions and
where this cannot be achieved, impacts should be minimized with appropriate
screening through architectural or landscape treatment.
5.2.14 Development shall limit the negative impacts of parking and loading on the public
realm.
5.2.15 Development shall enhance the experience of the community within its natural
setting, linking the Regional Corridor and lower density areas to the parks and
open space system.
5.2.16 Air conditioning units, utility metres and similar features should not be visible
from the public realm and/or well integrated, recessed and screened.
5.2.17 Development within the Secondary Plan Area shall be developed in accordance
with the urban design policies of this Secondary Plan. Urban Design and
Sustainability Guidelines shall accompany this Plan and be used as guidance in
the interpretation and implementation of the Secondary Plan's policies.
5.2.18 Views to key landmarks and natural features shall be maintained and created
through the layout of the street network, the creation and reinforcement of the
parks and open space network, the establishment and landscaping of gateways,
the siting of buildings and the design of sites.
5.2.19 Public art is encouraged to be incorporated into private development and public
infrastructure in order to foster a stimulating public realm and contribute to the
area's sense of identity.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
5.3 Development within Regional Corridors
5.3.1 The urban design policies in this section pertain to lands designated High
Density/Mixed Use and Medium Density Regional Corridor.
Intensity and Transitions
5.3.2 Within the Regional Corridors the greatest heights and highest density buildings
shall be located on the Regional Corridor frontage, with height and density
decreasing as a transition to lower density designations, parks and
Environmental Protection Areas. The Municipality may require that applications
for development include an analysis as part of the development review process
to address applicable angular plane guidance.
5.3.3 Along the Regional Corridor, the greatest heights and densities will occur
primarily at Prominent Intersections and secondarily at the intersection of
Regional Corridors with other arterials.
5.3.4 Development may be required to undertake technical studies including a wind
study and/or sun/shadow study which demonstrate mitigation of potential shadow
or wind impacts on existing or proposed pedestrian routes, public spaces and
adjacent development to the satisfaction of the Municipality.
Public Realm and Connections
5.3.5 Development shall be located to frame the street with a consistent street wall
and provide a continuous streetscape.
5.3.6 The primary orientation of development will be toward the Regional Corridor.
5.3.7 Side and rear elevations visible from the public realm shall have attractive fagade
treatments using high quality materials.
5.3.8 Development shall provide a balance of hard and soft landscaping.
5.3.9 Mid -block pedestrian connections shall be provided at regular intervals to the
Regional Corridor to improve access from interior neighbourhoods.
5.3.10 Gridded rectilinear lot dimensions shall be established within the Regional
Corridor, where feasible.
Plazas
5.3.11 In reference to policy 3.2.5, plazas should be provided in areas that complement
the public realm of the Prominent Intersections and encourage public
accessibility. Plazas are open spaces designed for public use and defined by
surrounding buildings and/or streets.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
5.3.12 Plazas should:
a. Be accessible and visible along the Regional Corridors in order to
enhance usability;
b. Optimize the siting and design to enhance views to public streets or utilize
mid -block connections to connect with the street network;
c. Be programmed for casual use and be a place for small gatherings;
d. Be defined by adjacent buildings with at least one edge open to the public
sidewalk or mid -block connection; and
e. Be designed with small-scale elements to create a human scale with
ample seating and pedestrian -scale lighting.
Parking, Loading and Mechanical Structures
5.3.13 Parking and loading facilities shall be located at the side or rear of buildings, to
promote an attractive public realm and encourage pedestrian activity.
5.3.14 Off-street parking areas shall be configured to reduce their visual impact when
viewed from the public realm or adjacent residential lots by:
a. Locating parking facilities underground or within a parking structure that is
integrated within a residential, mixed use or commercial building;
b. Establishing joint access to parking lots on adjoining properties where
feasible;
c. Using hard and soft landscaping within the parking area to reduce the
visual impact of large parking surfaces;
d. Screening and buffering parking areas adjacent to residential properties
using a combination of opaque fencing or walls and landscaping;
e. Screening parking areas through the use of low decorative fences, walls
and landscaping; and
f. Locating site access at the rear or side of properties fronting the Regional
Corridor.
5.3.15 Loading, servicing and other functional elements are encouraged to be integrated
within the building envelope. Where this is not possible, these elements shall not
be located adjacent to public spaces and shall be screened from view to avoid
visual impact to the public realm or surrounding residential areas.
5.3.16 Garbage and recycling facilities shall be integrated within a building envelope,
where applicable.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
5.3.17 All major rooftop mechanical structures or fixtures including satellite dishes
communications antenna shall be suitably screened and integrated with the
building, where feasible. Parapets may be utilized to accommodate such
screening.
5.4 Development within Low Density Residential Designation
5.4.1 In Low Density Residential areas, the following policies shall apply:
a. Dwelling units shall have their main entrance visible and accessible from
the public street;
b. Garages are encouraged to be accessed from a rear lane, particularly for
townhouses and/or lots less than 9 metres wide;
c. Where garages are located at the front of the building facing a street, they
shall be integrated in a manner which does not dominate the streetscape;
d. Driveways shall not exceed the width of the garage;
e. Front yards shall have an appropriate amount soft landscaping to create
an attractive and vegetated streetscape, allow permeability for stormwater
and achieve sustainability objectives;
The maximum number of contiguously attached townhouses shall be six;
g. Buildings on corner lots or abutting parks shall have windows, materials
and architectural treatments consistent with the front elevation where
sides or flankage of buildings is visible;
h. Front and exterior side yard porches shall be encouraged, and
Back lotting onto Arterial and Collector Roads is prohibited.
5.4.2 Individual site access for any permitted residential use adjacent to an arterial
road generally shall not be permitted. Rear lanes shall be the preferred option for
accessing such sites.
5.4.3 The boundary between areas designated Low Density Residential and Medium
Density Regional Corridor shall generally be a public street with buildings of
each designation fronting onto the street.
5.4.4 Policies 5.3.14 to 5.3.17, pertaining to parking, loading, and mechanical, apply to
the development of townhouses within the Low Density Residential designation.
5.5 Transition
5.5.1 Where new development abuts a lawfully existing use, mitigation measures
including transition setbacks or buffers shall be provided from the adjacent
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
lawfully existing use in accordance with the appropriate studies and in keeping
with the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines.
5.5.2 Where new development abuts designated Employment Areas, a buffer and
other measures shall be undertaken to provide visual separation and ensure the
long term feasibility of employment uses.
5.5.3 Applications for new development may be required to undertake studies to
ensure compatibility with uses adjacent or in the vicinity in accordance with the
Province's D-6 Series Guidelines, addressing such adverse impacts as noise,
vibration, dust and odour or the location of industrial facilities on adjacent
employment lands.
5.5.4 Where new development abuts designated Prime Agricultural land, mitigation
measures including transition setbacks or buffers shall be provided from the
adjacent designation in accordance with the Urban Design and Sustainability
Guidelines. Any required mitigation shall be provided for within the Urban Area.
5.6 Private Amenities
5.6.1 New multi -unit residential development shall provide shared space for both
indoor and outdoor amenities.
5.6.2 Courtyards and privately owned publicly -accessible amenities shall have at least
two points of pedestrian access.
5.6.3 The design and location of pedestrian entrances to courtyards and privately
owned publicly -accessible amenities shall be clearly identifiable as public to
encourage public use through their siting and the use of design elements.
6 Natural Heritage
6.1 Objectives
6.1.1 Protect, maintain and enhance the natural heritage system, including its ecological
integrity and function.
6.1.2 Protect natural heritage features and functions from incompatible development.
6.1.3 Incorporate the natural heritage system into the parks and open space system.
6.1.4 Use the landscape to contribute to a sense of place and integrate the natural
heritage system in a manner which defines community identity.
6.1.5 Where appropriate, realize the amenity of the natural heritage system in terms of
low -intensity recreation and active transportation and pedestrian permeability of
the neighbourhood through trails and linkages.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
6.1.6 Maintain ecological functions while integrating the natural heritage system with
the stormwater management system.
6.2 General Policies
6.2.1 All development shall adhere to the policies of the Clarington Official Plan, as it
pertains to the policy areas of the Natural Heritage System in Section 3.4, the
Watershed and Subwatershed Plans policies in Section 3.5, the Hazards policies
in Section 3.7 and the Environmental Protection Areas policies in Section 14.4.
6.2.2 In addition to policy 6.2.1, the Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed
Study (Subwatershed Study) shall form the basis for any study undertaken
regarding the natural heritage system. More detailed studies may refine on a
site by site basis the recommendations from the Subwatershed Study however
the study must address the matters raised by the Subwatershed Study including
linkages.
6.2.3 For those properties not assessed for Headwater Drainage Features in the
Subwatershed Study or where agricultural fields have gone fallow,
Headwater Drainage Feature Assessments may be required prior to any
development in order to accurately assess hydrologic functions of these
features.
6.2.4 Revegetation of riparian corridors that are less than 30 metres wide is
encouraged.
6.3 Environmental Protection Area
6.3.1 Lands designated Environmental Protection Area are shown on Schedule A.
6.3.2 Environmental Protection Areas include natural heritage features, hydrologically
sensitive features, lands within the regulatory flood plain of a watercourse,
headwater drainage features with a "Protection" classification and hazard lands
associated with valley systems, including slope and erosion hazards. Areas
associated with Environmental Protection Areas support their ecological integrity
and include vegetation protection zones and other natural heritage areas.
6.3.3 Stormwater management ponds shall not be permitted to be developed in lands
designated Environmental Protection Area. Once constructed, stormwater
management ponds shall be designated Environmental Protection Area and be
zoned appropriately.
6.3.4 The delineation of the boundary of lands designated as Environmental
Protection Area are approximate and shall be detailed through appropriate
studies prepared as part of the review of development applications in
accordance with the policies of this Secondary Plan and the Clarington Official
Plan.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
6.3.5 The Municipality may require Environmental Protection Areas to be conveyed to
a public authority, where appropriate, as part of the development approval
process at minimal or no cost to the receiving public authority. Conveyance of
lands designated Environmental Protection Area and associated vegetation
protection zones shall not be considered as contributions towards the parkland
dedication requirements under the Planning Act.
6.4 Environmental Constraints Overlay
6.4.1 Environmental Constraints are shown as an overlay on Schedule A.
6.4.2 Environmental Constraints include features identified as "Moderate Constraint
Areas" in the Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed Study. These
features are not currently identified as Environmental Protection Areas but have
potential ecological and/or hydrological value that requires site -specific
assessment prior to development. They include:
a. Wetlands over 0.5 ha that are isolated and/or of lower sensitivity/quality;
b. Category 1 and 2 Hedgerows identified as linkages;
c. Vegetation protection zones;
d. Species -at -risk setbacks;
e. Complex Ecological Land Classification units containing both high/medium
constraint and low constraint features;
f. Agricultural/pasture lands with evidence of hydrological function;
g. Areas providing candidate/unconfirmed species -at -risk habitat or significant
wildlife habitat; and
h. Headwater drainage features with a "Conservation" or "Mitigation"
classification.
6.4.3 The presence and precise delineation of these features and the level of
development acceptable shall be determined through an Environmental Impact
Study prepared as part of the review of development applications in accordance
with the policies of this Secondary Plan and the Clarington Official Plan.
6.4.4 If the Environmental Impact Study establishes that development can proceed,
then the underlying designation shall apply over those lands without the
requirement for an amendment to this Plan. Mitigation measures may be
recommended to offset impacts.
6.4.5 If the Environmental Impact Study determines that development may not
proceed the underlying designation shall not apply and lands will be
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
considered to be designated Environmental Protection Area and will be
zoned appropriately.
6.4.6 The Environmental Impact Study shall identify the extent of vegetation protection
zones and other protective measures as per the policies of this Secondary Plan
and the Clarington Official Plan.
6.4.7 The Subwatershed Study referenced in Policy 6.2.2 also identifies "Low
Constraint Areas", comprising features in which development intrusion is not
restricted by existing policies and regulations. It is encouraged that these
features be incorporated into site -level plans where possible to avoid net loss of
natural cover.
6.4.8 The Subwatershed Study referenced in Policy 6.2.2 identifies and assesses a
number of Headwater Drainage Features. Those identified as "protection" are
included in the Environmental Protection Area designation. For those Headwater
Drainage Features identified as "conservation", applications for development
shall:
a. Maintain, relocate and/or enhance the drainage feature and its riparian
corridor;
b. If catchment drainage will be removed due to diversion of stormwater
flows, restore lost functions through enhanced lot level controls as
feasible;
c. Maintain or replace on -site flows using mitigation measures and/or
wetland creation, if necessary;
d. Maintain or replace external flows to the extent feasible; and
e. Use natural channel design techniques to maintain or enhance the overall
productivity of the reach.
6.4.9 Headwater Drainage Features that have been relocated and the associated
riparian corridors established by permissions in policy 6.4.8 shall be considered
to be designated Environmental Protection Area and shall be zoned
appropriately to prohibit development.
7 Parks and Community Facilities
7.1 Objectives
7.1.1 Provide a quantity and quality of park space that meets the needs of residents
and enables a variety of opportunities for passive and active recreation.
7.1.2 Use the design of parks and open spaces to create unique places that contribute
to the area's sense of identity.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
7.1.3 Integrate parks into a broader open space and public realm networks.
7.1.4 Provide appropriate levels of service in terms of schools and community facilities.
7.1.5 Locate schools, parks and other community amenities to promote safe and
convenient access by walking and cycling.
7.2 Parks
7.2.1 Parks shall be provided as part of an integrated and connected parks and open
space system.
7.2.2 Parks shall be integrated and connected into a broader public realm network that
also includes civic/institutional uses, streets, mid -block connections, trails and
privately owned publicly -accessible spaces.
7.2.3 The park system, as a whole, shall provide a variety of opportunities for passive
and active recreation and be comprised of well -designed spaces that contribute
to the area's sense of identity.
7.2.4 The following types of parks are included in the Parks designation:
a. Neighbourhood Parks; and
b. Parkettes.
7.2.5 Parks shall be established in accordance with the following:
a. Neighbourhood Parks are parks of between 1.5 and 3 hectares in size that
provide a variety of amenities, including sports fields. They are located in
central locations to allow for good accessibility by walking. All planned
school sites shall, wherever feasible, have a Neighbourhood Park abutting
them to provide areas of shared amenity; and
b. Parkettes are parks of between 0.5 and 1.0 hectares in size that provide a
variety of amenities, but do not contain sports fields. Parkettes contribute
to the variety of leisure and recreational amenities in the community and
improve accessibility to park space by walking.
7.2.6 Dedication of lands for Neighbourhood Parks and Parkettes shall be in
accordance with the Clarington Official Plan.
7.2.7 The locations of Neighbourhood Parks are shown on Schedule A. The precise
size and location of Neighbourhood Parks shall be determined at the time of
development review and approval, based on the parkland provision requirements
of Section 18 of the Clarington Official Plan.
7.2.8 The locations of some Parkettes are shown on Schedule A. The precise number,
size and location of Parkettes shall be determined at the time of development
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
review and approval, based on the parkland provision requirements of Section 18
of the Clarington Official Plan.
7.2.9 Parks are encouraged to be bordered by public streets, Environmental Protection
Areas, other natural heritage areas, other public facilities such as schools, and
the flanks of residential uses. Residential and commercial uses backing onto
parks shall be minimized.
7.2.10 Areas conveyed for parkland purposes will be programmable lands.
7.2.11 Environmental Protection Areas, associated vegetation protection zones and
stormwater management areas shall not be conveyed to satisfy parkland
dedication requirements under the Planning Act.
Privately Owned Publicly -Accessible Spaces
7.2.12 In addition to the publicly owned lands which form the Parks designation,
development is encouraged to include privately owned publicly -accessible
spaces that contribute to the sense of place in the community and the quality of
the urban environment.
7.2.13 Privately owned publicly -accessible spaces can include public squares, plazas,
courtyards, walkways and passages, atriums, arcades and parklike spaces. They
contribute to the urban environment by creating spaces for social interaction,
adding to visual interest, improving mid -block permeability and complementing
adjacent land uses.
7.2.14 Public access to privately owned publicly -accessible spaces will be secured
through the development approval process.
Courtice Memorial Park
7.2.15 Courtice Memorial Park will serve as a landmark outdoor space for the larger
Courtice community and will be expanded through parkland dedication
associated with the development process.
7.2.16 The park shall be located with a minimum of two frontages along major arterial
roads.
7.2.17 The park shall use its location adjacent to the natural heritage system to provide
direct linkages to the Regional and Municipal Open Space System.
7.2.18 The park shall incorporate elements, such as plaques, pathway markers, public
art and landscape features, into the park design to reflect and celebrate the
cultural heritage of the area.
7.3 Elementary Schools
7.3.1 The location of school sites is shown symbolically on Schedule A and shall be
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
further delineated through the development review process or during site
selection by a School Board.
7.3.2 The school sites shown on Schedule A shall not preclude the selection of
alternate school sites by a School Board.
7.3.3 School sites will be developed in accordance with the relevant policies of Section
18.5 of the Clarington Official Plan.
7.3.4 In the event that all or part of a school site should not be required by a School
Board, the Municipality of Clarington shall be given the first opportunity to
purchase all or part of the school site.
7.3.5 Elementary school sites shall be located centrally to promote accessibility by
walking and, where feasible, adjacent to planned Neighbourhood Park sites.
7.3.6 Where a school site adjoins a Neighbourhood Park, the school site shall be
designed to facilitate potential joint use between the Municipality and the
respective School Board.
7.4 Community and Recreation Facilities
7.4.1 The Municipality shall undertake an update of its plan for community and
recreation facilities based on the projected population of the Southeast Courtice
Secondary Plan area.
7.4.2 Future community facilities shall be located in highly accessible areas that can be
accessed by pedestrians and cyclists, as well as by automobile.
7.4.3 The co -location of elementary schools with day care centres and community
centres shall be considered.
8 Community Culture and Heritage
8.1 Objectives
8.1.1 Encourage the conservation, protection, enhancement and adaptive reuse of
cultural heritage resources.
8.1.2 Incorporate cultural heritage into community design and development.
8.2 Reflecting the Local Community
8.2.1 The conservation and enhancement of significant cultural heritage resources
shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 8 of the Clarington Official Plan
and all relevant Provincial legislation and policy directives.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
8.2.2 Ten properties of cultural heritage value or interest have been identified within or
adjacent to the Secondary Plan area:
a. Properties at 1805 & 1811 Highway 2, 2840 Hancock Road (adjacent to
Secondary Plan area), and 2149 Courtice Road are identified as Secondary
Resources on the Municipality of Clarington Heritage Register;
b. The Lower Alsworth House at 1738 Bloor Street and Ebenezer United
Church at 1669 Courtice Road (adjacent to Secondary Plan area) are
identified as Primary Resources on the Municipality of Clarington Heritage
Register;
c. Properties at 1798 Highway 2, 1604 Bloor Street and 1678 Bloor Street are
Identified as `Candidate' resources by the Clarington Heritage Committee;
and
d. Property at 2433 Courtice Road has been identified as an additional
potential built heritage resource during a field review.
8.2.3 The Municipality will determine if a Cultural Heritage Evaluation Report is
required for any properties that are identified on the Municipality of
Clarington's Cultural Heritage Resource List and any properties that have
been identified as having potential Cultural Heritage Value or Interest.
8.2.4 A Heritage Impact Assessment, that includes measures to avoid direct impacts,
and actions to avoid or reduce indirect impacts such as shadowing, isolation,
obstruction of views, change in land use, or land disturbances, shall be
conducted prior to development on or adjacent to properties for which a Cultural
Heritage Evaluation Report has been conducted and determined that the
properties meet the criteria for cultural heritage value or interest as prescribed in
O. Reg. 9/06.
8.2.5 The naming and design of parks, public spaces and prominent streetscapes shall
have regard for the evolved cultural and natural heritage landscape. These
features and amenities shall incorporate local heritage or natural influences
including historic names, interpretive features, vernacular building elements,
plantings and historic drainage patterns.
9 Transportation
9.1 Objectives
9.1.1 Foster a community where walking, cycling and transit are viable and attractive
alternatives to travel by automobile.
9.1.2 Establish a streets and blocks pattern that creates fine-grained connectivity
throughout the community.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
9.1.3 Create routes for active transportation that are direct and efficient and offer high
levels of connectivity with multiple choice of routes.
9.1.4 Establish a network that integrates interior lower density neighbourhoods and the
higher density Regional Corridors where transit will be most frequent and direct.
9.1.5 Use mid -block connections and trails to augment the network established by
streets to improve permeability for users of active transportation.
9.1.6 Wherever possible, continue the pattern of fine-grained connections to
surrounding urban areas.
9.1.7 Design streets as complete streets to ensure that all kinds of traffic can use them
in a safe and comfortable manner: motorists, transit users, cyclists, pedestrians
and people with accessibility challenges. Prioritize active modes of transportation
and the needs of the most vulnerable users.
9.1.8 Design streets as important public places. Create environments which are safe,
inviting, comfortable and visually -pleasing for pedestrians and other forms of
active transportation.
9.1.9 Create efficient routes for through traffic along major arterials.
9.1.10 Connect Southeast Courtice to the local and regional transit networks and
provide levels of service that make transit a viable and attractive mode of
transportation.
9.2 Transportation Network
9.2.1 The transportation network in Southeast Courtice facilitates the movement of
people and goods through an integrated, efficient, comfortable, safe, and
accessible transportation system. The Transportation Network provides a full
range of convenient, practical, and enjoyable mobility options.
9.2.2 The transportation network includes multiple components including the Public
Transit Network, Active Transportation Network and Road Network.
9.2.3 The transportation network in the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area shall
be developed in accordance with Schedule B Transportation, Parks and Open
Space and the policies of this Secondary Plan, with further guidance provided in
the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines and the Southeast Courtice
Transportation Report.
9.2.4 The Transportation Network shall include public roads, public rear lanes, transit,
and designated bicycle and pedestrian routes and facilities.
9.2.5 Development proposals and all public roads shall be designed to connect with
the existing road network to create a rectilinear grid pattern of roads that defines
development blocks and establishes a highly interconnected and permeable
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
network that supports active transportation and maximizes accessibility and
support for transit. The rectilinear grid pattern may be modified to accommodate
natural heritage areas and other constraints. Connectivity by active transportation
throughout the Secondary Plan area and to surrounding areas shall be further
enhanced by mid -block connections and trails through and across Environmental
Protection Areas.
9.2.6 The grid pattern shall integrate areas of various development intensity and uses.
9.3 Road Network
9.3.1 The road network serves as the primary framework for all forms of mobility and
connectivity in Southeast Courtice. The road network includes a hierarchy of
street types which is consistent with the hierarchy established through the
Clarington Official Plan. These street types have specific characteristics and
include the following classifications consistent with Schedule B:
a. Arterial Roads: arterial roads are higher -order roadways designed to
efficiently move large volumes of traffic at moderate to high speeds over
long distances. Because of their scale and the opportunities that they
provide for enhanced connectivity, arterial roads contribute to the primary
structure of the community. Arterial roads in Southeast Courtice are to
accommodate vehicular traffic, transit and goods movement, and are
designed to be context sensitive and support active transportation
objectives in accordance with the policies of this plan. Arterial roads may be
under the jurisdiction of the Region of Durham or the Municipality.
b. Collector Roads: collector roads are under the jurisdiction of the
Municipality. They provide for key linkages with arterial streets. Collector
roads should support walking and cycling and can support local transit.
c. Local Roads: local roads carry lower volumes of vehicular traffic, provide a
safe environment for pedestrians and cyclists and provide direct access to
individual properties.
d. Rear Lanes: rear lanes provide access to private garages or parking spaces
and may provide direct access to secondary suites. Rear lanes provide
relief to the local street system and promote through traffic movements on
arterial and collector roads.
General Policies Applying to All Roads
9.3.2 The alignment of arterial and collector roads is shown on Schedule B. These
alignments are approximate and will be built according to detailed planning and
engineering studies and through completion of Municipal Class Environmental
Assessment. Changes to the alignments which the Municipality determines are in
keeping with the intent of this Secondary Plan shall not require an amendment to
this Plan.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
9.3.3 Roads shall be designed as complete streets to ensure that all kinds of traffic can
use them in a safe and comfortable manner: motorists, transit users, cyclists,
pedestrians and people with accessibility challenges. Active modes of
transportation and the needs of the most vulnerable users shall be prioritized.
9.3.4 Roads shall be designed to be important public places and create environments
which are safe, inviting, comfortable and visually -pleasing for pedestrians and
other forms of active transportation.
9.3.5 All public rights -of -way are encouraged to promote the use of Green
Infrastructure including perforated pipes, rain gardens and bioswales.
9.3.6 All arterial, collector and local roads shall also be planned to include
a vibrant and healthy tree canopy, consisting of primarily native
plantings. The tree canopy will provide shade and enhance and
establish a vibrant urban environment. A tree canopy plan shall be
prepared for each plan of subdivision. In order to maximize the
amount of tree planting and to minimize the removal of in -situ trees,
the co -location of utilities is encouraged.
Existing Roads
9.3.7 Arterial roads including Bloor Street, Courtice Road, Highway 2, Trulls Road and
Hancock Road are existing roads within the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan
Area. Existing roads provide a framework for future enhancements and will
generally be improved consistent with the policies of this Secondary Plan.
9.3.8 The conveyance of land consistent with the widening of the rights -of -way shown
in this plan shall be required to permit the development of lands adjacent to
existing roads. Additional dedication for road widenings may be required, such as
for grading, drainage and stormwater management, auxiliary turn lanes, transit
provisions and utilities.
9.3.9 Hancock Road will be realigned according to Schedule B of this plan. The
development of lands abutting or adjacent to this route shall consider the new
alignment of Hancock Road.
New Roads
9.3.10 Several street extensions are provided through this Secondary Plan including the
Granville Drive, Farmington Drive, Meadowglade Road and Sandringham Drive
extensions.
9.3.11 Two new collector roads are also provided as shown on Schedule B including a
north -south road connecting Highway 2 and Bloor Street and an east -west road
connecting Courtice Road with the Granville Drive extension located south of
Bloor Street.
9.3.12 All new roads, public or private, will be built to be consistent with the policies of
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
this plan. Additional dedication for road widenings may be required, such as for
grading, drainage and stormwater management, auxiliary turn lanes, transit
provisions and utilities.
9.3.13 New local roads will be established in a modified grid pattern in accordance with
the policies of this plan.
9.4 Arterial Roads
9.4.1 Courtice Road and Bloor Street are Type A arterial roads. Highway 2 is a Type B
arterial road. These roads and adjacent lands form the Regional Corridor
component of the Community Structure.
9.4.2 Courtice Road and Bloor Street are encouraged to be developed as Multi -Ways
as detailed in the Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines. The design of the
Multi -Ways will balance the functional requirements of a Type A arterial road and
a local road. Multi -Ways realize the following objectives:
a. Fulfill the function of a Type A arterial road as an efficient and high -volume
route for a range of travel modes and include the following considerations:
i. Through lanes shall be appropriately dimensioned to ensure the
efficient movement of vehicular traffic; and
ii. Transit infrastructure such as bus shelters should be
accommodated within the side medians.
b. Fulfill the function of a local road through the establishment of local
service lanes adjacent and parallel to the Type A arterial road which:
Allows the grid network of internal local and collector roads to
connect to the service lanes at more frequent intervals than
would be permitted by a Type A arterial road. The Multi -Way will
support high levels of permeability and accessibility between low,
medium and high density areas; and
ii. Creates a traffic -calmed lane that buffers built form, public spaces
and active transportation routes from higher speed through lanes.
c. Create an attractive urban corridor which functions as a successful public
place, a community focal point, as well as a safe and comfortable
environment for active transportation and access to transit including
specific consideration of the following:
i. Slow traffic in proximity to pedestrian and cycling infrastructure
through the use of a service lane and other traffic calming
measures as needed;
ii. Utilize a planting and furnishing zone adjacent to the roadway
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
where required;
iii. Accommodate on -street parking, where appropriate;
iv. Connect the pedestrian streetscape with adjacent public plazas;
v. Provide landscape plantings, shade trees and street furniture;
vi. Provide a sidewalk on both sides of the right-of-way;
vii. Provide appropriate lighting of the pedestrian realm; and
viii. Provide segregated bicycle routes clearly identified by signage.
9.4.3 Multi -Ways within the Secondary Plan Area shall be designed following the
principles of complete streets provided in Policy 19.6.4 of the Clarington Official
Plan and shall incorporate segregated bicycle infrastructure, provide public
transit infrastructure and integrate the principles of universal design to facilitate
access for all abilities.
9.4.4 The Municipality of Clarington will work with the Region of Durham to design and
stage the implementation of the Multi -Way concept on the portions of Courtice
Road and Bloor Street within the Secondary Plan area, and shall consider its
extension beyond the Secondary Plan area's borders.
9.4.5 On -street parking shall be considered within the Municipal portion of the
Multi -Way rights -of -way on Bloor Street and Courtice Road.
9.4.6 As a new road configuration which may include portions of the right-of-way
under Regional and Municipal jurisdiction, Multi -Ways may require a new
approach to the interpretation of existing road policies and standards which
focuses on their intent in the evaluation of the full right-of-way.
9.4.7 On segments of Bloor Street and Courtice Road where a Multi -Way
configuration is not deemed feasible, alternative design solutions should be
implemented that achieve the objectives for the Multi -Way established in Policy
9.4.2, with regard to Durham Region guidelines and the requirements of
Arterials Type A as identified in Appendix C, Table C-2 of the Clarington Official
Plan, and will consider the following elements:
a. Type A arterial rights -of -way serve a wide variety of functions and
shall carefully balance safety, visual amenity and pedestrian
considerations;
b. Dedicated bikeways with clearly identified signage and/or pavement
markings shall be provided;
c. Transit oriented design elements shall be accommodated including transit
shelters, accessible sidewalk connections and curb cuts to access transit
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
stops;
d. Regular planting of street trees is encouraged to create a comfortable and
desirable pedestrian environment;
e. Appropriate lighting will be provided to enhance the safety and comfort of
the pedestrian streetscape;
Lighting shall be downcast to reduce light pollution; and
g. Strategies to accommodate on -street parking shall be considered,
particularly in proximity to Prominent Intersections.
9.4.8 Arterial roads identified as Arterial B or Arterial C on Schedule B will generally be
designed according to the requirements for Arterials Type B or Arterials Type C
respectively in Appendix C, Table C-2 of the Clarington Official Plan and will be
consistent with the requirements set forth in the Urban Design Guidelines for
Southeast Courtice and will consider the following elements:
a. A two-way dedicated bicycle path including appropriate signage and/or
pavement markings;
b. Sidewalks shall be provided on both sides of the right-of-way;
c. Transit oriented design elements shall be accommodated including transit
shelters, accessible sidewalk connections and curb cuts to access transit
stops;
d. Regular planting of street trees is encouraged to create a comfortable and
desirable pedestrian environment;
e. Appropriate road scale lighting shall be provided at the pedestrian scale to
contribute to the safety and comfort of the streetscape; and
f. Lighting shall be downcast to reduce light pollution.
9.4.9 Improvements to Highway 2, Bloor Street, and Courtice Road are to meet the
planning, engineering, design, and approval requirements of the Region of
Durham and the intent of this Secondary Plan.
9.5 Collector Roads
9.5.1 Collector roads shall be designed in accordance with the road classification
criteria in Appendix C, Table C-2 of the Clarington Official Plan and include the
following design standards:
a. A minimum of two through lanes shall be provided, the right-of-way may
include a turning lane at junctions and intersections;
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
b. A clearly marked on -street bicycle lane shall be provided on collector routes
on both sides of the right-of-way;
c. Landscaping and tree plantings are encouraged within the right-of-way;
d. A sidewalk shall be provided on both sides of the right-of-way set back from
the curb or otherwise buffered from active lanes of traffic;
e. Appropriate lighting shall be provided to contribute to the safe function of
the roadway as well as the safe and appropriate lighting of the pedestrian
realm; and
f. Lighting should be downcast to reduce light pollution.
9.5.2 Collector roads shall be designed to incorporate passive and physical traffic
calming measures where appropriate to reduce speeds and improve safety.
9.5.3 The intersection of collector roads on Highway 2, Bloor Street, and Courtice
Road are to meet the planning, engineering, design, and approval requirements
of the Region of Durham.
9.6 Local Roads
9.6.1 Local roads shall be established on a modified rectilinear grid pattern to realize
high connectivity and permeability across the Secondary Plan area.
9.6.2 Draft plans of subdivision shall have regard for the design guidelines for local
roads, lanes and green streets contained in the Urban Design and Sustainability
Guidelines.
9.6.3 Local roads shall be designed to incorporate passive and physical traffic calming
measures to reduce speeds and improve safety.
9.6.4 Local roads shall be designed in accordance with the road classification criteria
in Appendix C, Table C-2 of the Clarington Official Plan and include the following
design standards:
a. On -street parking lane shall be available on either side of the right-of-way;
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
b. Parking lanes may have permeable paving and be broken by landscaped
curb extensions as a pedestrian facility and traffic calming measure;
c. Sidewalks are encouraged on both sides of a local road;
d. Appropriate lighting shall be provided to contribute to the safe function of
the roadway as well as the safe and appropriate lighting of the pedestrian
realm; and
e. Lighting should be downcast to reduce light pollution
9.6.5 The design and location of local roads shall also be consistent with Policy
19.6.23 of the Municipality of Clarington Official Plan.
9.6.6 An east -west right-of-way shall be established as a local road, located north of
Bloor Street, extending east of Trulls Road and providing an easterly connection
from Trulls Road extending to the Farmington Drive extension. This route shall
be established as a public right-of-way through the development approval
process.
9.6.7 An east -west right-of-way shall be established as a local road, located north of
Bloor Street, extending west of Trulls Road and providing a westerly connection
from Trulls Road to the Granville Drive extension. This route shall be established
as a public right-of-way through the development approval process.
9.6.8 The east -west local road connecting the Granville Drive extension to Trulls Road
and from Trulls Road to the Farmington Drive extension, north of Bloor Street,
shall perform as a collector road to provide a connection between residential
neighbourhoods and community uses. There shall be an emphasis on creating
safe and pedestrian -focused environments.
9.7 Rear Lanes
9.7.1 Public rear lanes are permitted and encouraged to support safe and
attractive streets by eliminating the need for driveways and street -facing
garages.
9.7.2 Public rear lanes can provide alternative pedestrian routes through a community
and shall provide a safe environment for pedestrian and vehicle travel.
9.7.3 Public utilities may be located within public rear lanes subject to functional and
design standards established by the Municipality.
9.7.4 Rear lanes shall be designed in accordance with the road classification criteria in
Appendix C, Table C-2 of the Clarington Official Plan and include the following
design standards:
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
a. Lanes shall allow two-way travel and incorporate a setback on either side of
the right-of-way to the adjacent garage wall;
b. Lanes shall provide access for service and maintenance vehicles for
required uses as deemed necessary by the Municipality and may include
enhanced laneway widths and turning radii to accommodate municipal
vehicles including access for snowplows, garbage trucks and emergency
vehicles where required;
c. Laneways shall be clear of overhead obstruction and shall be free from
overhanging balconies, trees and other encroachments.
d. Lanes shall intersect with public roads;
e. No municipal services, except for local storm sewers, shall be allowed,
unless otherwise accepted by the Director of Public Works;
f. No Region of Durham infrastructure shall be permitted;
g. Lanes should be graded to channelize snow -melt and runoff;
h. The design of lanes shall incorporate appropriate elements of low impact
design including permeable paving where sufficient drainage exists;
i. Lanes should be prioritized where development fronts onto an arterial or
collector road network;
j. Access for waste collection and emergency service vehicles is to be
accommodated;
k. Access to loading areas should be provided from rear lanes;
I. Appropriate lighting shall be provided to contribute to the safe function of
the roadway as well as the safe and appropriate lighting of the pedestrian
realm; and
m. Lighting should be downcast to reduce light pollution.
9.8 Public Transit
9.8.1 The Public Transit Network will enhance the community of Southeast Courtice
and will support the creation of a sustainable, liveable, and active community.
9.8.2 The Municipality shall ensure that transit facilities are integrated early and
appropriately throughout Southeast Courtice by including Durham Region Transit
in all development pre -application meetings, and ensuring that transit
requirements are addressed through municipal capital works and private
development applications.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
9.8.3 The design of transit stops shall incorporate appropriate amenities and shall
consider transit shelters, seating, tactile paving, bike racks, curb cuts and
appropriate lighting.
9.8.4 To facilitate the creation of a transit -supportive urban structure, the following
measures shall be reflected in development proposals, including the subdivision
of land:
a. Transit -supportive densities provided on lands
within the Regional Corridor in keeping with
municipal density targets;
b. An active transportation network that promotes direct pedestrian access to
transit routes and stops;
c. Transit stops located in close proximity to activity nodes and building
entrances;
d. Provision for transit stops and incorporation of bus -bays where
appropriate into road design requirements; and
e. Where feasible, the integration of transit waiting areas in buildings located
adjacent to transit stops.
9.9 Integration and Quality of Active Transportation Routes
9.9.1 Principles of active transportation promote all self -powered forms of mobility. The
active transportation network provides opportunities for active transportation and
enhances mobility by providing for an alternative to local automotive
transportation.
9.9.2 The policies of the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan are an extension of the
Municipality's Active Transportation Network and are intended to ensure the local
provision and ongoing development of an active transportation network which
connects residents of differing abilities to destinations and other modes of
transportation such as public transit.
9.9.3 The active transportation network includes both on- and off-street facilities
including trails, sidewalks, separated bicycle lanes and on -street bicycle lanes.
Elements of the Active Transportation System are shown on Schedule B of this
plan.
9.9.4 All road infrastructure within the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area shall
promote the safety and visibility of vulnerable road users.
9.9.5 The active transportation network may be provided within road rights -of -way as
well as through trails and mid -block connections. Active transportation
connections across barriers (natural and related to infrastructure) shall be
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
planned at appropriate walking/cycling intervals to reduce barriers between areas
and increase accessibility for all ages and abilities.
9.9.6 To support increased network connectivity, provide relief from continuous
facades and to establish secondary view corridors connecting prominent arterial
or collector roads, mid -block connections shall be established throughout the
Secondary Plan Area and in particular through high and medium density blocks
within the Regional Corridor.
9.9.7 Destinations such as natural areas, parks, schools, recreation areas and stores
and connections with areas outside the Secondary Plan area boundaries will be
integrated through the on- and off-street active transportation network including
segregated and on -street bike lanes and multi -use trails.
9.9.8 All collector and local roads shall also be planned to include a vibrant and healthy
tree canopy, consisting of primarily native plantings. The tree canopy will provide
shade and enhance and establish a vibrant urban environment. A tree canopy
plan shall be prepared for each plan of subdivision. In order to maximize the
amount of tree planting and to minimize the removal of in -situ trees, the co -
location of utilities is encouraged.
Trails
9.9.9 Trails serve as a key form of off-street connectivity within the community of
Southeast Courtice. They allow for recreation and active transportation, creating
off-street linkages between destinations as well as providing safe and enjoyable
access to the parks and natural heritage systems.
9.9.10 As outlined in policy 18.4.3 of the Clarington Official Plan, Municipal trails will be
developed within two classifications - primary and secondary trails.
9.9.11 The design of the recreational trail should reflect the function and nature of the
type of open space it occupies.
9.9.12 Primary trails are multi -use trails that provide for a variety of recreational uses
and occasional vehicular access for maintenance purposes. They shall generally
adhere to the following design principles:
a. Primary trails shall be barrier free and have multiple access points;
b. Entrances should be clearly demarcated with gateway features such as
public art where appropriate;
c. Washrooms, parking, furniture including benches and bins, signage,
interpretive facilities and lighting should be provided to enhance safety and
support use by all ages and abilities; and
d. Primary trails shall allow for two-way cyclist or pedestrian passage.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
9.9.13 Secondary trails provide access to natural areas and, where appropriate,
stormwater management areas. They integrate these areas into the park and
open space network and support passive recreation opportunities in these
environments. Secondary trails are narrower than primary trails and usually have
a surface of crushed aggregate or woodchip.
9.9.14 Trails and creek crossings will be minimized within Environmental Protection
Areas to conserve the ecological function and hydrological function of the
features comprising the natural heritage system.
9.9.15 Trail location shall be the subject of an Environmental Impact Study, where
appropriate.
9.9.16 Trails identified on Schedule B shall be assessed as part of an Environmental
Impact Study being undertaken on adjacent lands.
9.9.17 Trails should generally follow the alignment indicated on Schedule B. The precise
classification and alignment of trails will be confirmed through the development
approvals process.
9.9.18 Additional trails may be identified through the development approvals process to
augment the trail system identified on Schedule B.
10 Housing
10.1 Objectives
10.1.1 Offer a variety of housing forms, sizes and tenures, that allow households of
various sizes and incomes to find a home within Southeast Courtice.
10.1.2 Encourage the provision of affordable housing and rental housing.
10.1.3 Foster aging in place by encouraging a range of housing that can meet the needs
of Courtice residents during all phases of life.
10.2 General Policies
10.2.1 A variety of housing forms, sizes and tenures shall be provided in Southeast
Courtice to meet the needs of a diverse population and households of various
sizes, incomes and age compositions. This housing mix is encouraged to
include purpose-built rental and seniors housing.
10.2.2 Affordable housing is encouraged to locate within the Regional Corridors to
provide residents excellent access to public transit.
10.2.3 Affordable housing, including subsidized non -market housing units, is
encouraged to be integrated within neighbourhoods and combined in
developments that also provide market housing to provide opportunities for a
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
range of housing tenures and prices that support diversity.
10.2.4 New affordable housing and purpose-built rental housing should incorporate
barrier -free, universal or flex design features in both common and living areas.
10.2.5 The Municipality should collaborate with public and non-profit housing providers
to encourage a supply of subsidized non -market housing units to be included
within the housing mix in the Secondary Plan area.
10.2.6 To support the provision of affordable housing units, the Municipality will explore
other potential incentives such as reduced or deferred development charges,
reduced application fees, grants and loans, to encourage the development of
affordable housing units. The reduction or deferral of Development Charges
shall be done in consultation with the Region of Durham. The Municipality will
also encourage Durham Region to consider financial incentives for affordable
housing.
10.2.7 As an incentive for the provision of affordable housing, as defined in Section 24.2
of the Clarington Official Plan, reductions in the minimum parking requirement
under the Zoning By-law may be considered by the Municipality on a site -by -site
basis where housing that is affordable is provided as part of a development
proposal.
10.2.8 To facilitate the development of affordable housing units within the Secondary
Plan area and in the Municipality, the Landowners Group in the Secondary Plan
Area shall provide at their choice either land or a contribution of funds to the
Municipality for the development of affordable, public or non-profit housing in the
community.
10.2.9 The land to be conveyed as provided in Section 10.2.8 shall have an
approximate size of 1.5 hectares, be fully serviced and be gratuitously
conveyed free and clear of encumbrances. Conveyance shall occur at the time
of approval of the first plan of subdivision within the Secondary Plan area.
10.2.10 The contribution of funds as provided in Section 10.2.8 will be through a
contribution agreement to be negotiated between the Municipality and the
Landowners Group. The contribution of funds shall be paid by the Landowners
Group upon the approval of the Secondary Plan and upon the first approval of
a development application in the Secondary Plan area at a rate of $400.00 per
unit.
10.2.11 A range of unit sizes are encouraged within apartment and multi -unit buildings,
including those suitable for larger households and families.
10.2.12 An accessory apartment is permitted within the Secondary Plan Area within a
detached dwelling, semi-detached dwelling or townhouse subject to the
following:
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
a. Only one accessory apartment is permitted within the dwelling;
b. One additional parking space is required for the accessory apartment in
accordance with the Zoning By-law;
c. Sufficient water supply and sanitary servicing capacity exists;
d. The accessory apartment complies with the provisions of the Ontario
Building Code, Ontario Fire Code and any other relevant regulations; and
e. The accessory apartment is registered with the Municipality.
10.2.13 One additional accessory apartment shall be permitted in a detached
accessory building with access to a rear lane. The additional accessory
apartment is encouraged to be in the form of a unit on the second storey of a
detached garage with access to the rear lane. This unit is subject to the
following:
a. One additional parking space is required for the accessory apartment in
accordance with the Zoning By-law;
b. Sufficient water supply and sanitary servicing capacity exists;
c. The accessory apartment complies with the provisions of the Ontario
Building Code, Ontario Fire Code and any other relevant regulations; and
d. The accessory apartment is registered with the Municipality.
10.2.14 Reduction of parking requirements for accessory apartments may be
considered if the proposed unit is deemed to have excellent access to transit.
10.2.15 The Municipality will give priority to development applications that include
affordable housing units that are being funded by federal and provincial
government programs or non-profit groups.
11 Infrastructure, Stormwater Management and
Environmental Performance
11.1 Objectives
11.1.1 Incorporate infrastructure and utilities in a manner that is sensitive to the quality
of the public realm.
11.1.2 Reduce the impact of development on hydrologic and ecological systems through
the use of the principles of Low Impact Development and Green Infrastructure.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
11.1.3 Extend greenery throughout Southeast Courtice through native plantings, which
include a diversity of tree species that contribute to the urban forest and a vibrant
and healthy tree canopy.
11.1.4 Promote the use of technologies and methods which improve the environmental
performance of development.
11.2 Infrastructure and Utilities
11.2.1 Telecommunications/communications utilities, electrical stations or sub -stations,
mail boxes or super mail boxes and similar facilities should be incorporated and
built into architectural and landscaping features, rather than being freestanding.
Where feasible, these shall be compatible with the appearance of adjacent uses
and include anti -graffiti initiatives.
11.2.2 Super mailboxes shall not be located in a municipally owned park.
11.2.3 Sanitary sewer alignments are subject to change as future detailed design work is
completed as part of development applications.
11.3 Stormwater Management and Low Impact Development
11.3.1 Stormwater management facilities shown on Schedule A and B are illustrative
and final location and sizing shall be determined through the development
application process.
11.3.2 Proposed stormwater management quality, quantity, erosion control and water
balance for ground water and natural systems shall be assessed during the
development approval process to determine the impact on the natural heritage
system and environmental features.
11.3.3 The submission of the following plans and reports shall be required to determine
the impact of stormwater quality/quantity, erosion and water balance of the
proposed development. All reports shall be prepared in accordance with the
Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed Study including:
a. Stormwater Management Report and Plan;
b. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan;
c. Servicing Plans;
d. Grading Plans;
e. Geotechnical reports;
f. Hydrogeologic reports; and
g. Other technical reports as deemed necessary.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
11.3.4 The Stormwater Management Report and Plan identified in Policy 11.3.3 shall
apply a range of stormwater management practices including Low Impact
Development techniques to ensure water quality control, baseflow management,
water temperature control and the protection of aquatic habitat. The Stormwater
Management Report and Plan shall explore and consider the feasibility of, and
opportunities to, implement such Low Impact Development measures as:
a. Permeable hardscaping;
b. Bioretention areas;
c. Exfiltration systems;
d. Bioswales and infiltration trenches;
e. Third pipe systems;
f. Vegetation filter strips;
g. Green roofs (multi -unit buildings);
h. Rainwater harvesting; and
i. Other potential measures.
11.3.5 Stormwater management plans shall demonstrate how the water balance target
set in the Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed Study is achieved.
11.3.6 Stormwater management for all development shall be undertaken on a volume
control basis and shall demonstrate the maintenance of recharge rates, flow
paths and water quality to the greatest extent possible. Peak flow control and the
maintenance of pre -development water balance shall be demonstrated.
11.3.7 High Volume Recharge Areas shall maintain a pre -development water balance.
11.3.8 Development of all detached, semi-detached and townhouse dwellings shall
demonstrate the use of an adequate volume of amended topsoil or equivalent
system to improve surface porosity and permeability over all turf and landscaped
areas beyond 3 metres of a building foundation and beyond tree protection
areas.
11.4 Urban Forest and Native Plantings
11.4.1 Together, new development and public realm improvements shall establish an
urban tree canopy throughout the Secondary Plan area to minimize the heat
island effect, provide for shade and wind cover and contribute to a green and
attractive environment.
11.4.2 New development and public realm improvements are required to use native
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
plant species wherever possible, particularly along rights -of -way and pedestrian
trails.
11.4.3 New development and public realm improvements shall only use native plantings
within 30 metres of Environmental Protection Areas.
11.4.4 All private development shall be supported by landscape plans which
demonstrate how the development will contribute to the urban forest, improve the
health and diversity of the natural environment, support other local plant and
animal species and further enhance the connectivity of the built environment to
natural heritage features and hydrologically sensitive features.
11.4.5 All private development shall contribute to the woodland cover target for the
watershed in keeping with the Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed
Study and in accordance with Environment Canada's target for woodland cover.
11.4.6 A diversity of tree species shall be planted in parks and along rights -of -way to
provide a healthy and more robust tree inventory that is less prone to insects and
diseases.
11.4.7 Selection of tree species within the Secondary Plan area will contribute the
Municipality's species diversity objectives.
11.4.8 Where trees and shrubs are destroyed or harvested pre -maturely prior to proper
study and approval, compensation will be calculated at a 3:1 ratio.
11.5 Building Technology
11.5.1 Buildings shall be constructed with attractive and durable materials that conserve
energy by lowering maintenance and replacement costs.
11.5.2 New development shall consider the use of renewable energy sources.
11.5.3 New development shall consider the use of technologies such as green roofs and
reflective roof surface materials with high thermal reflectivity.
11.6 Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines
11.6.1 The Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines contained in Appendix A and
described in Policy 12.3.8 and 12.3.9 provide direction in the form of design
guidance and strategies to implement the vision and objectives of the Secondary
Plan. If there is a conflict between the Secondary Plan policy and the Guidelines,
Secondary Plan policy prevails.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
12 Implementation and Interpretation
12.1 Environmental Study Area
12.1.1 Lands identified as Environmental Study Area are identified on Schedule A. The
lands generally bound by Trulls Road in the west, Courtice Road in the east,
Bloor Street in the South and Meadowglade Road to the north and shown on
Schedule A have been identified as an Environmental Study Area.
12.1.2 The Environmental Study Area identifies an area that contains complex natural
features and functions, many of which require additional study to define. An
Environmental Impact Study shall be prepared for the Area, in accordance with
the policies of the Official Plan.
12.1.3 Until the Environmental Impact Study has been completed in accordance with
Policy 12.1.2, land uses within the Environmental Study Area shall be limited to
existing lawful/permitted uses.
12.1.4 Following the completion of the required study to the satisfaction of the
Municipality, the Environmental Study Area may be modified as deemed
appropriate by the study, without amendment to this Plan, and the underlying
land use designation will apply.
12.1.5 The Zoning By-law shall be amended as appropriate following the completion of
the required study to implement new land use permissions for the study area.
12.2 Zoning By-law
12.2.1 A Zoning By-law shall implement the policies of this Secondary Plan.
12.3 Implementation
12.3.1 The policies of this Secondary Plan shall be considered when making decisions
related to development of the lands within the Southeast Courtice Secondary
Plan Area. The policies of this Secondary Plan shall be implemented by
exercising the powers conferred upon the Municipality by the Planning Act, the
Municipal Act and any other applicable statues, and in accordance with the
applicable policies of the Official Plan.
12.3.2 Detailed studies prepared in support of a development application may refine on
site by site basis the recommendations of the Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek
Subwatershed Study however the study must address the issues raised by the
Subwatershed Study.
12.3.3 The Municipality will monitor the policies of this Secondary Plan as part of the
regular Official Plan review and propose updates as deemed necessary.
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
12.3.4 It is not possible or desirable to recognize all existing uses in the Secondary
Plan. An existing use of land, building or structure which is lawfully in existence
prior to the passage of the implementing Zoning By-law and which does not
conform to this Secondary Plan, but continues to be used for such purposes,
shall be deemed to be legal non -conforming.
12.3.5 Non -conforming uses, legal or otherwise, shall be encouraged to relocate or
redevelop so that the subject land may be used in conformity with the policies of
this Secondary Plan and the provisions of the implementing Zoning By-law.
12.3.6 Inherent to the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan is the principle of flexibility,
provided that the general intent and structure of the Plan are maintained to the
satisfaction of the Municipality. As such, it is the intent of the Municipality to
permit some flexibility in accordance with Official Plan policy 24.1.5 in the
interpretation of the policies, regulations and numerical requirements of this
Secondary Plan except where this Secondary Plan is explicitly intended to be
prescriptive.
12.3.7 The Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines, including the Demonstration
Plan, are contained as an appendix to this Secondary Plan.
12.3.8 The Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines provide specific guidelines for
both the public and private sectors. They indicate the Municipality of
Clarington's expectations with respect to the character, quality and form of
development in the Southeast Courtice community. The Demonstration Plan
illustrates the planning principles that are inherent to the Secondary Plan. It is
one example of how the Secondary Plan might be implemented within the
Secondary Plan area. The Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines and
Demonstration Plan have been approved by Council, however, do not require
an amendment to implement an alternative design solution, or solutions at any
time in the future.
12.3.9 Engineering infrastructure shall follow the schedule within the Municipality's and
Region's capital budget, as agreed to by the landowners' group.
12.3.10 All new development within the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan area shall
proceed on the basis of the sequential extension of full municipal services
through the Regional and Municipal capital works programs and plans of
subdivision.
12.3.11 Development applications for lands abutting the arterial road and collector roads
shown in Schedule B shall require that lands be dedicated for road widenings
as determined by the Municipality or Region.
12.3.12 The conveyance of additional land or the contribution of additional funds to
facilitate the development of affordable housing beyond the provisions in
policies 10.2.8, 10.2.9 and 10.10.10 shall not be utilized as a means to
increase the number of units permitted by the Secondary Plan or as a means to
Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan — Recommended
not implement the policies of the Secondary Plan.
12.3.13 Approval of development applications shall be conditional upon commitments
from the appropriate authorities and the proponents of development to the
timing and funding of the required road and transportation facilities, parks and
community facilities. These works shall be provided for in the subdivision and
site plan agreements. Phasing of the development, based on the completion of
the external road works, may be required by the Municipality of Clarington.
12.3.14 Approval of development applications shall also be conditional upon
commitments from the appropriate authorities and the proponents of
development to the timing and funding of required stormwater management,
sanitary sewer and water supply facilities. These works shall be provided for in
subdivision and site plan agreements. Phasing of development, based on the
completion of external sewer and water services, may be implemented if
required by the Municipality of Clarington.
12.3.15 The Secondary Plan recognizes that comprehensive planning requires the
equitable sharing amongst landowners of costs associated with the
development of land. It is a policy of this Secondary Plan that prior to the
approval of any draft plan of subdivision, applicants/landowners shall have
entered into appropriate cost sharing agreements which establish the means by
which the costs (including Region of Durham costs) of developing the property
are to be shared. The Municipality may also require, as a condition of draft
approval, that proof be provided to the Municipality that landowners have met
their obligations under the relevant cost sharing agreements prior to registration
of a plan of subdivision.
12.4 Interpretation
12.4.1 The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan has been prepared to align with the
policies of the Official Plan. The policies of this Secondary Plan, along with Maps
and Appendices shall be read and interpreted in conjunction with the policies of
the Official Plan.
12.4.2 In the event of a conflict between the Official Plan and this Secondary Plan, the
policies of the Secondary Plan shall prevail.
12.4.3 The boundaries shown on Schedule A to this Plan are approximate, except
where they meet with existing roads, river valleys or other clearly defined
physical features. Where the general intent of this Secondary Plan is maintained
to the satisfaction of the Municipality, minor boundary adjustments will not require
an amendment to this Secondary Plan.
12.4.4 Where examples of permitted uses are listed under any specific land use
designation, they are intended to provide examples of possible uses. Other
similar uses may be permitted provided they conform to the intent and all
applicable provisions of this Secondary Plan.
A COM
SOUTHEAST COURTICE
URBAN DESIGN &
SUSTAINABILITY
GUIDELINES
Prepared by AECOM Canada Ltd.
Prepared for the Municipality of Clarington
GaMigon
This page is intentionally blank
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION 09
1.1
PURPOSE
12
1.2
INTERPRETATION
12
1.3
RELATED DOCUMENTS
13
2.0
VISION & OBJECTIVES
15
2.1
VISION
16
2.2
OBJECTIVES
16
3.0
COMMUNITY STRUCTURE
19
3.1
REGIONAL CORRIDORS
21
3.2
PROMINENT INTERSECTIONS
22
3.3
URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS
23
3.4
PARKS & OPEN SPACES
24
3.5
GATEWAYS
25
4.0
STREET & BLOCK PATTERN
27
5.0
BUILT FORM
31
5.1
HIGH- AND MID -RISE BUILDINGS
32
5.1.1
Siting and Orientation
33
5.1.2
Heights, Massing and Transition
34
5.1.3
Pedestrian Circulation
36
5.1.4
Landscaping, Lighting and Other Amenities
37
5.1.5
Access, Servicing and Storage
38
5.1.6
Parking
39
5.2
LOW-RISE BUILDINGS
40
5.2.1
General Site and Building Design
40
5.2.1.1
Lot Size and Variety
40
5.2.1.2 Siting and Orientation
41
5.2.1.3 Height, Massing„ Transition and Design Variety
42
5.2.2
Low-rise Building Typologies
43
5.2.2.1
Single- and Semi-detached Dwellings
43
5.2.2.2 Townhouses
45
5.2.2.3 Stacked Townhouses and Low-rise Apartment Buildings
47
03
6.0 PUBLIC REALM 51
6.1
PARKS AND OPEN SPACES
54
6.1.1
Network & Hierarchy
54
6.1.2
Neighbourhood Parks
54
6.1.3
Parkettes
58
6.1.4
Privately Owned Publicly -accessible Spaces
60
6.2
SCHOOLS
61
6.3
ROADS
63
6.3.1
Type A Arterials (Bloor Street & Courtice Road)
66
6.3.2
Type B Arterials (Trulls Road)
69
6.3.3
Type C Arterials (Meadowglade Road & Hancock Road)
70
6.3.4
Collector Roads
71
6.3.5
Local Roads
72
6.3.6
Rear Lanes
73
6.4
ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION
75
6.4.1
Pedestrian Network
77
6.4.1.1
Sidewalks
77
6.4.1.2
Mid -block Pedestrian Connections
78
6.4.1.3
Pedestrian Crossings
79
6.4.2
Cycling Network
80
6.4.3
Trail Network
81
6.5
TRANSIT
82
7.0
CULTURAL & NATURAL HERITAGE
85
7.1
CULTURAL HERITAGE
86
7.2
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AREAS
87
8.0
STORMWATER MANAGEMENT
91
9.0
TRANSITION ZONES
95
9.1
DEVELOPMENT ADJACENT TO AGRICULTURAL LANDS
96
9.2
DEVELOPMENT ADJACENT TO EMPLOYMENT LANDS
97
10.0
IMPLEMENTATION
99
10.1
COMPREHENSIVE BLOCK PLANS
100
10.2
URBAN DESIGN STUDIES
100
10.3
PERIODIC REVIEW OF GUIDELINES
100
04
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1: Existing Context
11
Figure 2: Related Documents
13
Figure 3: Demonstration Plan
17
Figure 4: Community Structure
20
Figure 5: Regional Corridors
21
Figure 6: Prominent Intersections
22
Figure 7: Urban Residential Areas
23
Figure 8: Parks and Open Spaces
24
Figure 9: Gateways
25
Figure 10: Existing Street and Block Pattern in Courtice
28
Figure 11: Street and Block Pattern
29
Figure 12: Land Uses that Permit High- and Mid -rise Buildings
32
Figure 13: Example of High-rise Building
32
Figure 14: Example of Siting and Orientation
33
Figure 15: Height, Massing and Transition of High- and Mid -rise Buildings
35
Figure 16: Example of Sidewalk
36
Figure 17: Example of Landscaping
37
Figure 18: Example of Access, Servicing and Storage
38
Figure 19: Example of Screened Structured Parking
39
Figure 20: Land Uses that Permit Low-rise Buildings
40
Figure 21: Example of Siting and Orientation
41
Figure 22: Example of Height, Massing, Transition and Design Variety
42
Figure 23: Example of Single -detached Dwellings
43
Figure 24: Example of Semi-detached Dwellings
43
Figure 25: Example of Accessory Apartment
44
Figure 26: Example of Townhouses
45
Figure 27: Example of Townhouses
46
Figure 28: Example of Stacked Townhouses
47
Figure 29: Example of Low-rise Apartment Buildings
48
Figure 30: Example of Low-rise Apartment Buildings
49
Figure 31: Conceptual Demonstration of Public Realm Components
53
Figure 32: Neighbourhood Parks
54
Figure 33: Example of Neighbourhood Park
55
Figure 34: Example of Neighbourhood Park Amenities
56
Figure 35: Exisitng Entrance of Courtice Memorial Park
57
Figure 36: Parkettes
58
Figure 37: Example of Parkettes
59
Figure 38: Example of Privately Owned Publicly -Accessible Spaces
60
Figure 39: Schools
61
05
Figure 40: Example of School
62
Figure 41: Road Network
63
Figure 42: Example of Green Street
65
Figure 43: Type A Arterial (Multi -Way) Cross-section and Plan
67
Figure 44: Type A Arterial (Alternative) Cross-section and Plan
68
Figure 45: Type B Arterial Cross-section and Plan
69
Figure 46: Type C Arterial Cross-section and Plan
70
Figure 47: Collector Road Cross-section and Plan
71
Figure 48: Local Road Cross-section and Plan
72
Figure 49: Rear Lane Cross-section and Plan
73
Figure 50: Example of Rear Lane
74
Figure 51: Active Transportation Map
75
Figure 52: Example of Integrated Active Transportation Network
76
Figure 53: Example of Sidewalk
77
Figure 54: Example of Mid -block Pedestrian Connection
78
Figure 55: Example of Pedestrian Crossing
79
Figure 56: Example of Bicycle Path
80
Figure 57: Example of Trail
81
Figure 58: Example of Transit Infrastructure
82
Figure 59: Built Heritage Resources and Cultural Heritage Landscapes
86
Figure 60: Environmental Protection Areas
87
Figure 61: Example of Environmental Protection Area
88
Figure 62: Example of Bio-retention Area
92
Figure 63: Example of Stormwater Management Pond
93
Figure 64: Transition Zones
97
06
This page is intentionally blank
07
08
M()
INTRODUCTION
09
The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan
(Secondary Plan) area is approximately 295
hectares in size. It is comprised of portions
of the Emily Stowe, Avondale and Ebenezer
neighbourhoods. It is generally bounded to the
north by Durham Highway 2, Hancock Road to
the east, south of Bloor Street to the south and
east of Prestonvale Road near Robinson Creek
to the west. Prominent features include the
presence of several Regional roads which bisect
DGERUGHUWHDUHDDGVLLrFDWDWUDO
heritage and hydrological features, including
the headwaters and tributaries of Tooley Creek
and Robinson Creek. The planned population
for Southeast Courtice is approximately 11,800
residents and approximately 4,900 units.
Further to the north-west of Southeast Courtice,
at the intersection of Trulls Road and Highway
7, is the planned Urban Centre. The lands to the
north and west of the Secondary Plan Area are
predominantly low -density residential. Portions
of the lands to the south are contained within
the Courtice Urban Area and are comprised of
agricultural, commercial and employment uses;
Highway 401 lands and a proposed Courtice
GO station. The lands to the east comprise
a narrow strip of non -farm, estate residential
units and agricultural lands, wooded areas
and stream courses. There are existing parks
and community facilities within the Secondary
Plan Area, including the Courtice Flea Market,
Courtice Memorial Park, Hope Fellowship
Church and Family Worship & Outreach Center.
The Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines
(Guidelines) build on the Municipality of
&ODU LWR&RFLObVVVWDLDEOHdUH HOHVb
approach to achieve sustainable development
through community design, an interconnected
VVWH PRISDU NVDG RSHVSDFHVH FLHW
street and block patterns and environments
that promote walking and cycling. Both the
Secondary Plan and Guidelines emphasize
several key themes, including sustainability,
liveability and inclusivity.
Southeast Courtice is to be developed by
PLLPLLWH FRPPLWbVLPSDFWRWH
environment. This is to be achieved by setting
a high standard of environmental performance
of built form, supporting lifestyles that consume
fewer resources, providing mobility options other
than the private automobile and developing in a
manner that is compatible with the surrounding
HLURPHW7HFRPPLWLVWRRHUD
excellent quality of life for its residents and
workers. This is to be achieved by providing a
range of amenities for day-to-day life, fostering
a strong sense of identity and supporting active
lifestyles. Southeast Courtice will also be a
community for everyone. This is to be achieved
by providing a range of housing choices for a
diversity of income levels and household sizes,
creating a community for all stages of life and
FHOHEUDWLWHFRPPLWbVFOWUDOH ULWDH
Please refer to Figure 1 to see the existing
context of Southeast Courtice.
10
y+ .. _ -rT•^•. N �f� Jam.
w ice• .
qr
.: ourtcd Secondary choo!
' �Y 'wi•. � � 4
Courtice North Public School �
Clarington Public Library, C.vurtic. ; $ranch -�
,WV:RUWK5HSHDTMU
i ayan Islamic Centre-Coyrtice M [)d
s.
�4 L Roy Nichols Motors
5 Avondale Park..
ngton Fire Station
46
Lydia.Tru LP.ublic School
Good.ShepheP C.S.
Hal Trinity C.S.Sto
��� W&D Courtice Memoria# Park
Truh Free Ail thodi Fiurch
i Syr'
Glen bey Park
1p
"�;," t" ►
&RUWLFH)OHDODUNI� Ebenezer united Church
Hope Fellowship Church
L".Publid School
South Courtice Arena
�� R0sswe11. Park ►
1.1 PURPOSE
The purpose of the Guidelines is to prepare the
Municipality of Clarington for future development
within the community of Southeast Courtice.
The Guidelines provide direction in the form
of design guidance to establish the vision and
objectives articulated in the Secondary Plan.
The Guidelines are intended to guide and
promote new development that achieves the
following:
• Protects and enhances the natural heritage
system and other environmental features;
• Creates a vibrant, walkable and complete
community;
• Ensures high -quality built form and parks
and open spaces to create pleasant public
and private realms; and
• Promotes health and safety by promoting
active transportation and in doing so,
relieves vehicular congestion by providing
other options to get around.
The Guidelines are to be used as an evaluation
tool for development applications. They are to be
used by:
• Municipal council and committees when
evaluating if an application meets the
OLFLSDOLWbVLVLRIRUG HHORSPHWL
Southeast Courtice;
• OLFLSDOVWDDGHWHUDODHFLHV
when reviewing development applications
and as a reference for design decisions
for Municipality -proposed studies and
projects;
• The development industry including but
not limited to developers, consultants and
property owners to demonstrate how their
proposals align with the Municipal vision
for Southeast Courtice; and
• The public for use of greater awareness
RIWHEHHrWVRIUEDGHVLLWHLU
community.
1.2 INTERPRETATION
The Guidelines are intended to provide guidance
RIWHSROLFLHVRIWH&ODULWR2FLD0
30D2FLD030DDG6RWHDVW&RUWLFH
Secondary Plan. It provides further guidance
on the policy directions for urban design,
streets, parks and open spaces, built form and
sustainability. The Guidelines provide further
guidance at subdivision, zoning and site plan
control stages to ensure that high levels of urban
design and sustainability are achieved.
The Guidelines are to be read in conjunction
ZLWWHSROLFLHVRIWH2FLD030DSDU WLFODUO
Section 5: Creating Vibrant and Sustainable
Places and Section 9: Livable Neighbourhoods
and read in conjunction with the policies of the
Secondary Plan, particularly Section 5: Urban
Design. Furthermore, the Guidelines should
EHUHDGLFRMFWLRZLWWH2FLD030D
Clarington Zoning By-law (Zoning By-law);
3ULRULWUHH&ODULWRbVUHHHHORSPHW
Framework and Implementation Plan; and
Clarington General Architectural Design
Guidelines.
6ROGDFRsLFWRFFUEHWZHHWH&ODULWR
General Architectural Design Guidelines and the
Guidelines, the guidance direction of the latter
shall prevail.
Ira
1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS
The Guidelines and Secondary Plan are not to
be read in isolation. The documents are subject
to further higher -tier land use planning policies
and plans, both from the Municipality, Durham
Region and the Province and include the
following, as seen in Figure 2:
• Provincial Policy Statement, 2020;
• Growth Plan for the Greater Golden
Horseshoe, 2019;
• UDP5HLRDO2FLDO3OEDG
• OLFLSDOLWRI&ODULWR2FLDO3OD
2018.
Figure 2: Related Documents
Other relevant documents that provide guidance
and direction include the following:
• Priority Green - Green Development
Framework & Implementation Plan, 2015;
• &ODULWRbVUHH&RPPLW6WUDWH
2010; and
• WbVOO&RHFWHGFWLRVWR)RVWHUD
Community -Wide Culture of Sustainability
in Clarington, 2014.
Additionally, the Guidelines and Secondary Plan
are integrated with and respond to the adjacent
neighbourhoods of Southwest Courtice and the
Courtice Employment Lands. The documents
also incorporate recommendations from the
Robinson Tooley Subwatershed Study, 2020.
13
M()
VISION
& OBJECTIVES
2.1 VISION
Southeast Courtice will be a sustainable, liveable
and inclusive community. It will have its own
identity while contributing to the larger Courtice
and Clarington communities. Southeast Courtice
ZLOOIHDWUHDPLRIVHVDFURVVGLHUHW
intensities, to allow needs to be met locally while
having access to amenities in the surrounding
areas. As part of encouraging healthy, active
lifestyles, alternatives to getting around will be
provided through walking, cycling and transit.
6RWHDVW&RUWLFHbVURDGHWZRUNLVDGHrL
feature, not only as important transportation
routes but also as places that will feature high -
quality built form, landscaping and connections
to the interior of the neighbourhood to make
them inviting and attractive public places. A
NHSDUWRI6RWHDVW&RUWLFHbVLGHWLWLVWH-
presence of nature. The natural heritage system
will be conserved, enhanced and sensitively
incorporated into an interconnected system of
parks and open spaces to improve and extend
greenery throughout the community.
Please refer to Figure 3 for the Demostration
Plan that provides the overall vision for
Southeast Courtice.
2.2 OBJECTIVES
In order to realize the vision for Southeast
Courtice, the Guidelines shall support the
Secondary Plan to achieve the following
objectives:
&U H DWH DH FLHWODGVHSDWWH U DG
urban form which is supportive of transit,
enables residents to meet many of their
needs within walking distance and provides
good transitions between uses and areas of
development intensity.
Foster a multi -modal community where
walking, cycling and transit are viable and
attractive alternatives to travel by automobile.
Protect, maintain and enhance the natural
heritage system in a manner which
conserves and enhances its ecological
integrity and function.
Provide access within walking distance to
parks, schools, community amenities and
local retail and services.
Integrate the built and natural environments
to create a sense of place and identity,
as well as appropriately provide access to
nature.
Prioritize the creation of an attractive and
vibrant public realm, integrated with a
hierarchy of community focal points, to serve
as the focus of day-to-day activities and
community life.
2HUDDULHWRIRVLIRUPVVLHV
DGWHUHVLFOGLDRUGDEOH RVL
that allow households of various sizes and
LFRPHVWRrGDRPHZLWL6RWH DVW
Courtice.
• Foster a sustainable, low -carbon community,
resilient to the potential impacts of climate
change.
• Celebrate the cultural heritage of the area
in a manner which communicates and
conserves meaningful elements of its
landscape and historic evolution.
• Phase development in a manner
ZLFVSSRUWVHFLHWLIUDVWUFWUH
implementation.
Ire
Legend
High Density/Mixed Use
Medium Density Regional Corridor
Low Density Residential
Neighbourhood Park
Highit way
_
Parkette
2
Environmental Protection Area
,40
to•
'
Environmental Constraint
---
Environmental Study Area
.....
_
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Special Local Road
Local Road
Rear Lane
........
Mid -Block Pedestrian Connection
....
Trail
•
Stormwater Management Facility
1
Elementary School
Prominent Intersection
`-'
Gateway
= =-
.....
......
_
1....J..
IL......�....
-
......
--
=
�
Eli
•
...
..
♦
�i
€
��
♦
_���
��
Bloor Street
I
=
U
■
0
Figure 3: Demonstration
Plan
17
COMMUNITY
STRUCTURE
The Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan
provides the framework for the development
of a new complete, compact, walkable, friendly
and accessible neighbourhood for Southeast
Courtice. The Guidelines identify and guide the
components that structure the community and
include the following:
• Regional Corridors
• Prominent Intersections
• Urban Residential Areas
• Parks and Open Spaces
• Gateways
Legend
Regional Corridor
Urban Residential Areas
Neighbourhood Park
_ Parkette
Environmental Protection Area
<�I Prominent Intersection
Gateway
Figure 4: Community Structure
This section is meant to provide an overview
RIWHGLHUHWFRPSRHWVRIWHFRPPLW
structure; however, they alone do not convey all
the guidance intended. The general guidelines
outlined in this section should also be read
with the relevant subsequent sections of the
Guidelines. Please refer to Figure 4 for the
locations of the components in Southeast
Courtice.
■
■
U
HighWaY2
Bloor Street
20
3.1 REGIONAL CORRIDORS
Regional Corridors are the primary component of b
the community structure. They are comprised of
Bloor Street, Courtice Road and Highway 2, as
well as the lands adjacent to them. As they are
GHVLDWHG3ULRULW,WHVLrFDWLRUHDVDGDUH c
routes for future transit services, they are the
locations of the highest densities in Southeast
Courtice. The Regional Corridors encourage
compact urban form and development patterns
to support higher densities and transit services,
while fostering vibrant, attractive public and d
private realms. Please refer to Figure 5 for the
locations of Regional Corridors in Southeast
Courtice.
e
GUIDELINES
I
Regional Corridors are the primary
corridors for all transportation modes and
shall be designed to support the highest
densities, tallest built form
mix of uses.
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Regional Corridor
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Gateways, along Regional Corridors, will
serve as the entries into Courtice, with
appropriate landscaping and consideration
of views.
Development within the Regional Corridors
shall incorporate a high -quality built
form through appropriate architectural
and landscape treatment to provide a
complementary interface between the
public and private realms.
Regional Corridors will connect to the
road and active transportation networks
to promote connectivity and permeability
throughout Southeast Courtice.
The Regional Corridors of Bloor Street
and Courtice Road are encouraged to be
designed as Multi -Ways, in accordance to
the right-of-way requirements of Type A
Arterials.
Figure 5: Regional Corridors
P41
3.2 PROMINENT INTERSECTIONS
Within Regional Corridors, the greatest
heights and densities shall occur at Prominent
Intersections and the nodes which surround
them. A Prominent Intersection is generally the
area comprising the extent a block length in all
directions at these intersections. These areas
shall also have the greatest concentration of
commercial retail and service uses.
Planning for nodes should take into
consideration their ability to support transit
ridership by coordinating the intensity and mix
of uses alongside existing or planned levels
of transit service. A hierarchy of Primary and
Secondary Nodes is established based on built
form, heights, densities, uses and locations in
Southeast Courtice. Please refer to Figure 6
for the locations of Prominent Intersections in
Southeast Courtice.
GUIDELINES
a. Prominent Intersections shall bE
to be community focal points ar
articulated through built form m
and density, architectural treatrr
landscaping and the design of F
owned publicly -accessible plazE
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Regional Corridor
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Prominent Intersection (Primary Node)
Prominent Intersection (Secondary Node)
Figure 6: Prominent Intersections
b. Primary Nodes shall be characterized by
the greatest heights and densities, with
a concentration of retail and commercial
uses.
c. Secondary Nodes shall be characterized
by high- to medium -density built form with
URGsRRUUHWDLOHLWHUIUDPLDSEOLF
square or fronting a linear plaza. It shall
be articulated by high -quality landscape
G HVLWRVSS RU WZD rG LDG DVHVH
of place within the community.
d. At Prominent Intersections, there are to be
privately owned publicly -accessible plazas
that act as community focal points and
improve the interface between public and
private realms.
22
3.3 URBAN RESIDENTIAL AREAS
Urban Residential Areas are predominantly
residential neighbourhoods located outside
of the Regional Corridors and include lower -
density built form and building heights. Urban
Residential Areas will promote compact ground -
related housing and provide smaller -scale
commercial needs. They will also be supported
by schools, parks and local movement networks,
including trails, Collector and Local roads.
Urban Residential Areas contain a mix of land
uses and housing types, have access to smaller -
scale service and retail needs, and are within
400 metres (or a 5-minute walking distance)
to a Neighbourhood Park or Parkette. The
neighbourhoods will help implement the vision
of Southeast Courtice to become a complete,
compact community. Please refer to Figure 7
for the locations of Urban Residential Areas in
Southeast Courtice.
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Urban Residential Areas
- Arterial Road
Collector Road
GUIDELINES
a. New development shall not negatively
impact the existing established
neighbourhoods in Courtice.
b. Neighbourhoods will be connected to the
surrounding areas by the street and active
transportation networks to encourage
permeability and connectivity.
c. Higher -density built form is encouraged
along Arterial and Collector Roads.
d. Neighbourhoods will provide opportunities
to encourage small-scale service and
neighbourhood retail.
Figure 7: Urban Residential Areas
23
3.4 PARKS & OPEN SPACES
The parks and open space system comprise
of Environmental Protection Areas and parks,
along with stormwater management ponds.
Together, they provide spaces that support social
vibrancy, community gathering and recreation,
while supporting the ecological and hydrological
function of the community. The parks and
open space system will also be functional,
safe and interconnected as a system within
Southeast Courtice. Please refer to Figure 8
for the locations of Parks and Open Spaces in
Southeast Courtice.
GUIDELINES
I
I
c
The Environmental Protection Areas are
the primary structuring component of the
parks and open space system.
The Environmental Protection Areas are
to be protected, preserved and enhanced
to improve ecological diversity and
environmental stability while improving
access and opportunities for appropriate
low -intensity recreation.
Parks and open spaces shall be designed
to promote accessibility and usage for all
ages and abilities. Therefore, they shall be
bordered by public streets and other public
facilities.
Legend
■ Secondary Plan Boundary
Neighbourhood Park
_ Parkette
Environmental Protection Area
- Arterial Road
Collector Road
Figure 8: Parks and Open Spaces
d. Parks will be located strategically for high
visibility throughout the community so
that most residents are within a 5-minute
walking distance to a Neighbourhood Park
or Parkette.
e. The design of parks should provide
amenities such as entrance features,
LVLWRUGURSRDUHDSHGHVWULDVFDOH
OLWLDGZDrGL
f. Built form adjacent to parks and open
spaces, through architectural and/or
landscape treatment, will maintain a visual
and/or physical connection to parks and
open spaces.
g. Areas with stormwater management
facilities are to be integrated with parkland
to visibly create a continuous green space
with appropriate measures implemented
for public safety.
1119
' WaY 2
24
3.5 GATEWAYS
Gateways mark the arrival into Courtice from
the surrounding area. They are located along
Hancock Road where it intersects at both
LZDDGORRU6WUHHW7HLUORFDWLRVRHU
opportunities to create key landmarks in the
community, with consideration of views. Please
refer to Figure 9 for the locations of Gateways
in Southeast Courtice.
Legend
- Secondary Plan Boundary
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Gateway
GUIDELINES
a. Gateways should feature high -quality
landscape design that includes elements
that enhance the public realm, including
ZDrGLRUODGVFDSHIHDWUHVWDW
mark the entry into the community.
b. Gateways should be designed to identify
the intersection as an entry point into the
community.
c. Gateways can, but are not limited to,
being smaller park -like spaces with street
furniture, lighting and plantings.
Figure 9: Gateways
PV
STREET &
BLOCK PATTERN
MA
GUIDELINES
structures the community. It can directly a
LsHFHGHHORSPHWRSSRUWLWLHVPRELOLW
options and neighbourhood character. Southeast
&RUWLFHLVGHVLHGWRHVWDEOLVDPRGLrHGULG
SDWWHURIVWUHHWVFRPSOHPHWHGERVWUHHW
mid -block connections and trails to serve as a
HWZRUNRIrHUDLHGFRHFWLLWWURRW b
the community. Blocks should be designed to be
sHLEOHDGDFFRPPRGDWHLWHVLrFDWLRRHU
time.
Related to the street and block pattern are
lot sizes. Throughout Southeast Courtice, it is
encouraged to have a mix of lot sizes to promote c
a variety of built form, development types and
urban design. Lot sizes also have a direct impact d
RG HVLWDRUG DELOLW DGG H HORSPHWFRVWV
Figure 11 provides a conceptual demonstration
of the streets and blocks, establishing the layout
RIWHPRGLrHGULGSDWWHU e
1
Figure 10: Existing Street and Block Pattern in Courtice
PRGLrHGULGSDWWHURIVWUHHWVDG
blocks shall be implemented to connect
within Southeast Courtice and connect
out to surrounding areas to facilitate direct
routes while respecting natural features
and topography.
Where a natural feature restricts the
development of a grid pattern, the pattern
of streets and blocks shall be designed to
IDFLOLWDWHWHHFLHWPRHPHWRISHRSOH
and goods, while promoting connectivity
and permeability.
Block lengths should be a maximum of
200 metres.
In Urban Residential Areas, mid -block
pedestrian connections are required for
blocks longer than 200 metres.
Cul-de-sac and dead-end streets are
discouraged, however where deemed
necessary, pedestrian connectivity and
sightlines should be preserved.
f. Variation in block sizes with a mix of
building typologies is encouraged.
g. Provide simple and rectilinear lot shapes
so as not to limit design and siting options.
h. Corner lots should have adequate width to
permit appropriate building setbacks from
both streets.
i. Rear lanes are encouraged where
driveways and front -yard garages are to
be restricted, notably behind properties
fronting along Arterial Roads.
28
Legend
Arterial A
-- • - Service Road
Arterial B
Arterial C
Collector
Special Local R
Local Road
— — Rear Lane
-••••••• Mid -Block Pede
Figure 11: Street and Block Pattern
29
BUILT FORM
5.1 HIGH- AND MID -RISE
BUILDINGS
High- and mid -rise buildings are important in
establishing a compact, walkable and transit -
oriented community in Southeast Courtice. They
also provide the greatest densities and uses
IRUUHVLGHWVDGMREVDGSODDVLLrFDW
role in contributing to the creation of a vibrant
community. High- and mid -rise building
typologies include mixed -use and apartment
buildings.
They will provide a high degree of architectural
character that is suitable for their location. As
noted in the Secondary Plan, high-rise buildings
have heights between 7 to 12 storeys, and
mid -rise buildings have heights between 3 to
6 storeys. High-rise buildings are permitted
on lands designated as High Density/Mixed
Use, while mid -rise buildings are permitted on
lands designated as Medium Density Regional
Corridor. Please refer to Figure 12 for the
locations of these land use designations.
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
_ High Density/Mixed Use
Medium Density Regional Corridor
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Figure 13: Example of High-rise Building
Figure 12: Land Uses that Permit High- and Mid -rise Buildings
32
5.1.1 SITING AND ORIENTATION
Siting and orientation are important as they
determine the relationship and interface
between the public and private realms, as well
as adjacent properties and the streetscape.
GUIDELINES
e. All building elevations exposed to the
public realm should be well -articulated
with architectural detail.
f. Buildings shall have their main pedestrian
entrances directly fronting onto the street
to allow for safe, convenient access.
C
a. Buildings shall be oriented along the street,
park and/or open space to establish a
street wall that frames the street and
creates a vibrant public realm.
b. Buildings shall be sited to create
continuous building frontages at street
OHHOLFUHDVHWHHFLHFRIVHULFHV
consolidate open spaces, minimize internal h
circulation and maximize views.
c. Back -lotting is not permitted in order to
provide an appropriate lively street frontage
and foster an animated streetscape with
eyes on the street.
d. Building setbacks shall establish a strong
UHODWLRVLSWRWHVWUHHWDGGHrHWH
street edge as the interface between the
public and private realms with high -quality
pedestrian infrastructure such as shaded
seating, lighting and landscape elements.
Building projections such as awnings
and canopies are encouraged for their
EH HrFLDOLPSDFWRWHSEOLFUH D0P
for shelter and protection from the
elements. They are permitted to project
a maximum of 2 metres from the main
building face and feature designs that
are complementary to the architectural
treatment of the building.
Mixed -use buildings should have separate
entrances for residential and non-
residential uses.
OLHGVHELOGLVZLWSSHUsRRU
RFHVHVROGEHDFFHVVHGIURP
a consolidated lobby entrance that is
secondary to the appearance of retail
entrances.
Mixed -use buildings should prioritize retail
DGRFHVHVDWUDGHZLWURGsRRU
units incorporating individual entrances
that are directly accessible from the public
street or pedestrian walkway.
Figure 14: Example of Siting and Orientation
33
5.1.2 HEIGHTS, MASSING AND
TRANSITION
The height, massing and transition of a building
SODDVLLrFDWU ROH LLWVH PSDVLVDGG HVL
quality. These considerations inform how a
building is perceived from the public realm,
along the streetscape, adjacent properties and
within the overall community.
GUIDELINES
ii. The base of buildings that are 7
storeys or higher should incorporate a
SRGLPWRIUWHUGHrHWHPD
scale environment at street level with
step backs for the middle and top
components.
a. Buildings should be scaled and massed
to establish a desirable relationship to the
public realm, including the street, parks iv
and open spaces.
b. The greatest heights and massing should
be concentrated along the frontage
of Regional Corridors, particularly
at Prominent Intersections, where
LWHVLrFDWLRLVPRVWDSSURSULDWH7H
intersections of Regional Corridors with
other Arterial Roads are expected to have
greater heights and massing, however not
more than at Prominent Intersections.
c. The massing of buildings should be
oriented in a sustainable manner and the
least energy -consuming. A consideration
of microclimates and shadows must be
factored in the design given their impact
on sensitive adjacent and/or surrounding
land uses.
d. Buildings should be designed to establish
a distinct base, middle and upper
components to visually break up their
vertical massing.
i. The base should reinforce a human -
scale environment at street level and
provide visual interest through materials,
colours, fenestration, articulation and
architectural detailing.
u
vi
The middle component, as the largest
component, should be designed to
promote visual interest and should be
sized, shaped and oriented to minimize
shadowing.
Where a building height is 7 storeys or
higher, the middle component shall be
stepped back between 1.5 to 4 metres.
The depth of the stepback should
be proportionate to the height of the
building in relation to the width of the
right-of-way.
The top component should contribute
to the signature, landmark character,
particularly at Prominent Intersections.
The top component shall provide
screening for any mechanical rooftop
equipment. The screening materials
should be complementary to the rest of
the building design.
e. The height and massing of buildings
should transition between areas of higher
densities to those of lower densities, which
include areas not on Regional Corridor
frontages, lands designated as Medium
Density Regional Corridor and Low Density
Residential, parks and Environmental
Protection Areas.
f. Transitions should consider, but are not
limited to, angular planes, microclimates,
shadows, wind and noise.
34
T
Mixed-useBuilding
�■
■ �■•
11
!� �� ■
• �■� •
Building
- . • • •
M -rise
id
Prominent
Intersection
L I.IIIIIIIIII --
nal uorriaor
u
Figure 15: Height, Massing and Transition of High- and Mid -rise Buildings
35
5.1.3 PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION
Pedestrian circulation is the movement of
pedestrians through the provision of connections
between buildings and adjacent streets, open
spaces and parking areas. Pedestrian circulation
should be direct and free of barriers while
prioritizing pedestrian movement. Their design
should be consistent with the landscape design
of the site and should contribute to the character
of the larger area.
GUIDELINES
a. Clear, direct and accessible walkways
should be provided from the sidewalk to
the main entrance of buildings.
b. Pedestrian walkways should connect
building entrances, parking areas, transit
shelters and adjacent developments.
Figure 16: Example of Sidewalk
c. Pedestrian walkways can be in the form
of mid -block pedestrian connections
and should be provided at regular
intervals to improve access to the rear
of developments fronting onto Arterial
Roads, as well as further into the interior of
neighbourhoods.
d. Within the Regional Corridor, mid -block
pedestrian connections are to be provided
at intervals, a maximum of 100 metres
from cross streets, to improve pedestrian
permeability and connectivity.
e. Pedestrian walkways should be provided
along the full length of a non-residential
building or faQade.
Iq
36
5.1.4 LANDSCAPING, LIGHTING
AND OTHER AMENITIES
Landscape design of the property should be
complementary to the architectural style of the
building, as well as the character of the broader
area. Lighting and other amenities such as signage
and furnishings provide safety and comfort. Their
design should be consistent with the landscape
and building designs.
GUIDELINES
a. Landscape design should incorporate street
trees within the public boulevard. The
retention of existing mature trees should be
incorporated into the design, where possible.
b. Streetscape elements including but not
limited to seating, lighting and landscaping
should be provided along street frontages to
provide a consistent urban character.
c. The development of urban public spaces,
including Privately Owned Publicly -
accessible Spaces, is encouraged along the
Regional Corridor, particularly at Prominent
Intersections.
d. A clear hierarchy of public, semi-public and
private outdoor spaces should be provided.
e. A range of outdoor amenity areas should
be incorporated in the design of buildings,
including but not limited to private outdoor
amenity areas such as terraces and balconies
or common outdoor amenity areas such
as courtyards, accessible rooftops and
forecourts.
f. Landscaping should include hard and soft
landscape elements, including but not limited
to plantings, decorative walls/fencing and
permeable paving materials.
g. Where transitions exist from between higher -
density and lower -density developments,
ODGVFDSLVROGEHVHGWREHU
potential negative impacts.
h. Landscaping should be used to screen
parking areas.
i. OOOLWrWUHVVROGEH/(
pedestrian -scaled and conform with the
OLFLSDOLWbVOLWLVWDGDUGV
j. /LWrWUHVVROGEHdGDUNVNb
compliant.
k. Parking areas, driveways and walkways
VROGEHDGHTDWHOOLWIRUWHORFDWLRbV
purpose and context, with low-level,
pedestrian -scaled lighting.
I. 6LDHDGRWHUZDrGLWHFLTHV
should be designed to be characteristic
of the architectural identity of the
development.
m. Site furnishings should be incorporated
into the private realm at building entrances,
along pedestrian walkways and mid -block
pedestrian connections, in Privately Owned
Publicly -accessible Spaces, and at other
convenient desired locations.
n. 6LWHIULVLVVROGUHsHFWWHLWHGHG
use of the space and the number of users.
Figure 17: Example of Landscaping
RA
5.1.5 ACCESS, SERVICING AND
STORAGE
The access, servicing and storage areas provide
valuable functions to buildings; however, their
presence can disrupt pedestrian circulation and
create unsightly places. The design of such
areas should therefore prioritize pedestrians
while providing for appropriate siting, orientation
and screening.
GUIDELINES
a. Direct access for servicing and storage
from Arterial Roads shall not be permitted.
b. Primary vehicular and servicing access,
including but not limited to driveways, shall
be provided from side streets or rear lanes.
c. 9HLFODUWUDFWURWHVLWHVDOOEH
minimized by locating servicing and loading
bays close to vehicular entrances.
Figure 18: Example of Access, Servicing and Storage
d. Buildings may require setbacks from
adjacent parking access to provide visibility
to the street for entering/exiting.
e. Garbage and recycling storage shall be
located within the building envelope and
screened from public view and located
away from the public realm.
f. Wall enclosures of servicing areas should
be constructed of materials that are
FRPSOHPHWDUWRWHELOGLbVPDWHULDOV
g. Utility box locations should be buried
or located so as to minimize their visual
impact on the public realm.
h. Noise attenuation measures should be
provided where service areas are adjacent
or may impact sensitive land uses.
38
5.1.6 PARKING
Vehicular parking, just like servicing, provides
a building with functionality, however, it can
disrupt pedestrian circulation and create
negative impacts on the building and public
realm. The design of parking areas therefore
need to prioritize pedestrian circulation and
incorporate appropriate siting, orientation and
screening to minimize its impact. As cycling is
promoted throughout the community, bicycle
parking facilities should be provided. The
provision of bicycle parking and amenities will
promote active transportation.
GUIDELINES
a. Direct access for parking areas from
Arterial Roads shall not be permitted. They
shall be accessed from side streets, Local
Roads or Rear Lanes.
b. Parking is encouraged to be underground,
particularly for developments within
the Regional Corridor. Where deemed
not practical, structured parking is next
preferred, followed by surface parking.
c. Parking areas should be located at the
side or rear of buildings.
d. Parking areas are encouraged to be
landscaped with permeable paving and
plantings to discourage the use of wholly
hard -surfaced areas.
e. Structured parking should be appropriately
screened with complementary materials
WRWHELOGLbVPDWHULDOV7HHWHULR
should be designed to appear as a
seamless extension of the building fagade.
f. Surface parking areas should be arranged
in compact formations with high -quality
soft landscaping along the edges,
particularly adjacent to the public realm.
g. Parking areas for residents and visitors,
and accessibility spaces for both, should
be demarcated with appropriate signage.
h. Accessible parking spaces should have
direct access to building entrances and
should not be placed across a drive aisle.
i. Pedestrian circulation should be given
priority in the design of all parking
areas with clearly marked, direct routes.
Wherever possible, pedestrian routes
should be separated by raised sidewalks.
j. Internal bicycle parking should be located
at grade with direct or ramped access to
the adjacent street.
k. Bicycle parking facilities for visitors should
be covered or sheltered with awnings,
canopies or other elements that provide
shelter.
I. Bicycle racks, where located in the private
realm, should not impede pedestrian
circulation.
Figure 19: Example of Screened Structured Parking
39
5.2 LOW-RISE BUILDINGS
Low-rise buildings account for the majority of
new development in Southeast Courtice. Low-
rise building typologies include single- and
semi-detached dwellings, townhouses, stacked
townhouses and low-rise apartment buildings.
A high degree of architectural character is
envisioned for low-rise buildings throughout
Southeast Courtice. As noted in the Secondary
Plan, building heights for low-rise buildings
will vary depending on the relevant land use
designation. Generally, with some exception
noted in the Guidelines, low-rise buildings are
not to exceed 3 storeys. Low-rise buildings are
permitted on lands designated as Low Density
Residential. Certain forms of low-rise buildings
are also permitted on lands designated as
Medium Density Regional Corridor. Please refer
to Figure 20 for the locations of these land use
designations.
5.2.1 GENERAL SITE AN
BUILDING DESIGN
The following guidelines are intend
generally apply to all new low-rise
developments in Southeast Courtic
guidelines should be read in conjur
WHLGHOLHVIRUWHVSHFLrFOR;
typologies in 6HFWLR
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Medium Density Regional Corridor
Low Density Residential
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Special Local Road
Figure 20: Land Uses that Permit Low-rise Buildings
5.2.1.1 LOT SIZE AND VARIETY
A diversity of lot sizes and variety are envisioned
in Southeast Courtice. This allows for variation
in scale, massing and form to create visual built -
form interest, while also ensuring a variety of
built form character throughout the community.
GUIDELINES
a. A variety of lot sizes should be provided to
ensure a diversity of housing types, sizes
and designs.
b. Lots should be generally simple and
rectilinear, however, variations are
permitted if deemed necessary by
environmental features, topography,
property boundaries or other limiting
features.
40
5.2.1.2 SITING AND ORIENTATION
Siting and orientation are important as they
determine the relationship and interface
between the public and private realms, as well
as adjacent properties and the streetscape.
GUIDELINES
a. Buildings are to be oriented along the
street, park and/or open space to establish
a building wall that frames the street or
space and creates a vibrant public realm
for pedestrian activity.
b. LOG LVHWEDFNVVROGGHrHWHVWUHHW
edge with buildings sited close to the
minimum required front -yard setback.
c. 3URMHFWLRVLWRWHIURWRUsDNDH
yards encouraged for, but not limited to,
porches, porticos, front steps and bay
windows. Projections must comply with
the standards in the Zoning By-law.
d. All building elevations exposed to the
public realm should be well -articulated
with architectural detail.
e. For corner lots, both building elevations
exposed to the public realm should
be given equal architectural design
consideration. Due to their prominence,
architectural elements, including but not
limited to balconies, wraparound porches
and well -articulated fenestration are
encouraged on both exposed elevations.
Figure 21: Example of Siting and Orientation
41
5.2.1.3 HEIGHT, MASSING, c
TRANSITION AND DESIGN VARIETY
Appropriate heights, massing and transitions are
HHFWLHLFUHDWLFRPIRUWDEOHPDVFDOHG d
environments.
GUIDELINES
a. Buildings should be scaled and massed
to establish a desirable relationship to the e
public realm, including the street, parks
and open spaces.
b. Except at Prominent Intersections or
RWHUZLVHLGHWLrHGZLWLPHWUHV
of an intersection of a Regional Corridor
and an Arterial Road or Collector Road,
buildings are encouraged to be a minimum
of 4 storeys in height.
Buildings should be designed to
individually and collectively contribute to
the built form character of the community.
7HHLWGLHUHFHEHWZHHDGMDFHW
low-rise buildings on the same block
should not vary by more than 1 storey
to maintain a consistent street wall. The
massing should also be consistent for
buildings on the same block face.
Appropriate transitions in terms of height
and massing should occur between
ELOGLVRIGLHUHWGHVLWLHVSDUWLFODUO
if they belong in the same block.
Figure 22: Example of Height, Massing, Transition and Design Variety
42
5.2.2LOW-RISE BUILDING
TYPOLOGIES
5.2.2.1 SINGLE- AND SEMI-
DETACHED DWELLINGS
Single- and semi-detached dwellings are
permitted throughout the community on lands
designated Low Density Residential.
GUIDELINES
a. The siting and massing of dwellings should
be compatible and harmonious with that of
adjacent dwellings.
b. Each dwelling should have appropriate
faQade detailing, materials and colours that
are consistent with its architectural style.
Figure 23: Example of Single -detached Dwellings
c. Architectural elements, primarily at the
front elevation or public -facing elevation,
should be proportionate. This includes, but
is not limited to, window sizes and shapes,
EDOFRLHVWHUUDFHVGRUPHUVDGURRsLHV
d. Front porches or porticos are encouraged
to give prominence to the main entrances.
e. Private outdoor amenity spaces should
be provided primarily in the rear, however,
balconies and terraces may be provided at
the front.
f. Screening elements, including landscaping
and fencing, should be provided between
rear yards.
3,
1
Figure 24: Example of Semi-detached Dwellings
43
g. In addition to the above, the following
DSSOVSHFLrFD00WRVHPLGHWDFHG
dwellings:
i. Both halves of the building should
be compatible in terms of design
expression. Symmetrical building
elevations are encouraged; however,
asymmetrical elevations may be
permitted providing it is complementary
and harmonious to the overall dwelling.
ii. The two units should be fully attached
above grade.
h. Garages are encouraged to be accessed
from a Rear Lane. Where there are front -
yard garages, they shall be recessed at
least 1 metre from the front wall of the
main building face.
Figure 25: Example of Accessory Apartment
i. Front double -door garages shall have
two separate openings and doors with
ZLGRZVWRDRLGDEODNZDOOHHFW
j. Driveways between adjoining properties
VROGEHEHUHGEDODGVFDSHVWULS
k. Utility connections should be concealed
or buried. Where not possible, utility box
locations should minimize their visual
impact on the public realm.
I. Air conditioners are encouraged to be in
the rear yards.
44
m. Accessory apartments are permitted within
single -detached dwellings, semi-detached
dwellings and townhouses subject to the
following:
i. They are located within the dwelling;
ii. The architectural design is consistent
or complementary to the principal
dwelling, including architectural
treatment, materials and proportions of
architectural details;
iii. There is only one door per facade facing
the street; and
iv. They shall comply with the policies
DGVWDGDUGVRIWH2FLD030DDG
Zoning By-law.
n. One additional accessory apartment may
be permitted in a detached accessory
building with access to a Rear Lane,
subject to the following:
i. They are encouraged to be on the
second storey of a detached garage;
ii. The architectural design is consistent
or complementary to the principal
dwelling, including architectural
treatment, materials and proportions of
architectural details; and
iii. They shall comply with the policies
DGVWDGDUGVRIWH2FLD030DDG
Zoning By-law.
5.2.2.2 TOWNHOUSES
Townhouses are permitted on lands designated
as Medium Density Regional Corridor and Low
Density Residential.
GUIDELINES
a. The siting and massing of townhouses
should be compatible and harmonious with
that of adjacent developments.
b. The maximum number of contiguously
attached townhouse units is six.
c. Townhouses should be fully attached
above grade.
d. Each townhouse block should incorporate
massing and design continuity while
also providing visual variety along the
streetscape.
Figure 26: Example of Townhouses
45
e. The massing of townhouse blocks should
use appropriate architectural elements,
particularly at exterior walls. Architectural
elements include but are not limited to
entrances, windows, balconies, porches,
VWHSVGRUPHUVURRsLHV
f. Low decorative fencing is encouraged
WRGHrHWHIURWDUGSURSHUWOLH,WV
material should be complementary to the
architectural design of the townhouses.
g. Clear, direct and accessible walkways
should be provided from the sidewalk to
the main entrance of the units.
h. Pedestrian walkways should connect unit
entrances, parking areas, transit shelters
and adjacent developments.
i. Mid -block pedestrian connections should
be provided at regular intervals between
townhouse blocks in the interior of
neighbourhoods.
j. Landscape design should incorporate
street trees within the public boulevard.
The retention of existing mature trees
should be incorporated into the design,
where possible.
Figure 27: Example of Townhouses
k. Where transitions exist from between
townhouses and lower -density
developments, landscaping should be used
WREHUSRWHWLDOHDWLHLPSDFWV
I. Garages for townhouses are encouraged
to located at the rear and to be accessed
from Rear Lanes. Where front -yard garages
are found, they shall be recessed at least
1 metre from the front wall of the main
building face or the front of the porch.
m. Utility connections should be concealed
or buried. Where not possible, utility box
locations should minimize their visual
impact on the public realm.
n. Air conditioners are encouraged to be in
the rear yards.
Era
5.2.2.3 STACKED TOWNHOUSES
AND LOW-RISE APARTMENT
BUILDINGS
Stacked townhouses and low-rise apartment
buildings are permitted on lands designated as
Medium Density Regional Corridor.
GUIDELINES
a. Stacked townhouses should be fully
attached above grade.
b. Stacked townhouses and low-rise
apartments should be sited close to
the street edge to establish a strong
relationship to the street and provide a
consistent street wall.
c. All units should be provided with private
amenity space in the form of a balcony
for the upper -level units, or an at -grade or
sunken courtyard for the lower -level units.
d. Stacked townhouses and low-rise
apartments should be designed to provide
an attractive built form with careful
consideration to colours and materials
within each development to foster a
cohesive look within each development.
e. Building elevations should incorporate
architectural elements including but not
limited to porches, dormers, gables and
peaked roofs.
f. Pedestrian walkways, including mid -block
pedestrian connections, should provide
safe, direct access between dwelling
entrances, the public street, parking areas
and amenity areas.
Figure 28: Example of Stacked Townhouses
EVA
g. Direct access for parking and servicing
from Arterial Roads shall not be permitted
They shall be from Local Roads or Rear
Lanes.
h. Buildings may require setbacks from
adjacent parking access to provide visibility
to the street for entering/exiting.
Parking is encouraged to be underground,
particularly for developments within
the Regional Corridor. Where deemed
not practical, structured parking is next
preferred, followed by surface parking.
Parking areas should be located at the
side or rear of buildings, either served by
side streets, rear lanes or consolidated by
block.
Figure 29: Example of Low-rise Apartment Buildings
k. Parking areas are encouraged to be
landscaped with permeable paving and
plantings to discourage the use of wholly
hard -surfaced areas.
Structured parking should be appropriately
screened with complementary materials
WRWHELOGLbVPDWHULDOV7HHWHULRU
should be designed to appear as a
seamless extension of the building fagade.
m. Surface parking areas should be arranged
in compact formations with high -quality
soft landscaping along the edges,
particularly adjacent to the public realm.
n. Parking areas for residents and visitors,
and accessibility spaces for both, should
be demarcated with appropriate signage.
o. Accessible parking spaces should have
direct access to building entrances and
should not be placed across a drive aisle.
48
p. Pedestrian circulation should be given
priority in the design of all parking areas
with clearly marked, direct routes. Wherever
possible, pedestrian routes should be
separated.
q. Garbage and recycling storage shall be
located within the building envelope and
screened from public view and located away
from the public realm.
r. Wall enclosures should be constructed of
materials that are complementary to the
ELOGLbVPDWHULDOV
s. Utility connections should be concealed
or buried. Where not possible, utility box
locations should minimize their visual impact
on the public realm.
t. Noise attenuation measures should be
provided where service areas are adjacent
or may impact sensitive land uses.
Figure 30: Example of Low-rise Apartment Buildings
49
PUBLIC REALM
The public realm includes both public lands
and privately -owned spaces that are publicly
accessible (herein referred to as Privately
Owned Publicly -accessible Spaces in the
Guidelines). The public realm is a vital
component of Southeast Courtice that provides
spaces that support social vibrancy, community
gathering and recreation while supporting the
ecological and hydrological function of the
community.
The design of the public realm must be of
high quality and relate well to the surrounding
context to create a lively, animated community.
The components of the public realm include the
following:
• Parks and open spaces;
• Schools;
• Roads;
• Active transportation (sidewalks,
mid -block pedestrian connections,
pedestrian crossings and cycling and trail
infrastructure); and
• Transit.
It is important to note that the components
of the public realm are to be well connected
with connections and linkages to each other.
Concurrently, the components of the public
realm should also connect and relate well to
adjacent private developments, community
facilities and other community amenities.
&RPELHGWHSEOLFUHDOPVLLrFDWO
contributes to the structure, identity and
character of Southeast Courtice. Please refer to
Figure 31 to see a conceptual demonstration
of the public realm components and their
connections to each other.
52
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Neighbourhood Park
Parkette
Environmental Protection Area
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Special Local Road
Local Road
— —
Rear Lane
........
Mid -Block Pedestrian Connection
Trail
1
Elementary School
• I '
1-1
H�ghway2
..... ...... :
• : �' /�
ell
....!..........1....1..
. .... . ....... T :
_1.
■ ...... ...... ..........
•1� — — — Bloor Street
'; j....j.......... 1 0
'LO
■ U
Figure 31: Conceptual Demonstration of Public Realm Components
53
6.1 PARKS AND OPEN SPACES
6.1.1 NETWORK & HIERARCHY 6.1.2 NEIGHBOURHOOD PARKS
Several high -quality parks and open spaces will Neighbourhood Parks provide the opportunity
be established in Southeast Courtice that meet for each neighbourhood to be unique and
the needs of residents and enable a variety of distinguishable from the other through the
opportunities for passive and active recreation. development of distinct design and landscaping
Parks and open spaces will create unique places treatments. They are generally between 1.5
WDWFRWULEWHWRDDUHDbVLGHWLWDGZLOOEa hectares in size and provide a variety of
integrated into a broader network. A hierarchy of DPHLWLHVLFOGLVSRUWVrHOGVVIRFDO
parks and open space is as follows: points and gathering spaces, they contribute
to the overall community identity of Southeast
• Neighbourhood Parks; Courtice. Please refer to Figure 32 for the
• Parkettes; and locations of Neighbourhood Parks in Southeast
• Privately Owned Publicly -accessible Courtice, and Figure 33 and Figure 34 for
Spaces examples of Neighbourhood Parks.
The parks and open space network is connected
to the natural heritage system, including
Environmental Protection Areas, to be discussed
in a subsequent section of these
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Courtice Memorial Park
_ Neighbourhood Park
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Special Local Road
Figure 32: Neighbourhood Parks
54
Generally, all residents in Southeast Courtice
have access to a Neighbourhood Park within
400 metres (5-minute walking distance). These
parks are predominantly designed to support the
active recreational needs of the communit and
GUIDELINES
a. Neighbourhood Parks shall be programmed
areas for active recreation including sports
rHOGV
y
have good accessibility to active transportation
b. Neighbourhood Parks are to be located along
Collector Roads to mark a local intersection
that includes trails.
or terminus of a street. Where possible, they
Courtice Memorial Park, an existing
should integrate with an adjacent natural
Neighbourhood Park, will be subject to more
heritage feature.
VSHFLrFLGHOLHVEHFDVHRILWVSUSRVHDV
c. They shall have a minimum of two adjoining
a larger, landmark park for the community that
frontages along a street.
celebrates the history of Courtice. At a size
d. Development adjacent to a Neighbourhood
of 4 hectares, it is strategically located at the
Park should be designed to frame the park,
south-east corner of the intersection of Courtice
while fronting onto a public road. Where
Road and Meadowglade Road and is within a
the side and/or rear yards of adjacent
SULRULWLWHVLrFDWLRDUHD&RUWLFHOHPRULRPvelopments abuts a Neighbourhood Park,
Park is also adjacent to an Environmental
fencing and landscaping should be provided
Protection Area and therefore has direct linkages
to demarcate the public and private realms.
to the greater natural heritage and open space
systems.
Figure 33: Example of Neighbourhood Park
Fey
e. Entrances to the park should be
FOHDUOGHrHGVLODGVFDSLDG
architectural treatment, pedestrian -scale
lighting and signage to assist in orientation
and use of amenities.
f
C
h
Neighbourhood Parks shall include play
structures, informal playgrounds, seating,
hard -surfaced areas, shaded areas under
tree canopies or open-air structures.
Seating and shade areas should be
designed in coordination with pathways,
seating and play area locations.
Neighbourhood Parks shall be planted
with appropriate plantings and trees, while
ensuring adequate views of them from
public roads.
On -street parking on public roads, adjacent
to Neighbourhood Parks, is encouraged.
Figure 34: Example of Neighbourhood Park Amenities
j. The use of interpretive plaques and
pathway markers shall be encouraged.
k. Highly visible connections should link
park amenities and facilities to the active
transportation network.
I. Neighbourhood Parks should generally
be connected to community facilities and
amenities including but not limited to
schools, community centres, libraries and
other recreational facilities.
m. Neighbourhood Parks shall connect,
wherever possible to other parts of
the parks and open space and active
transportation systems.
56
n. 7HIROORZLLGHOLHVDSSOVSHFLrFD00
iii. Walkways and paths should be
to Courtice Memorial Park:
designed throughout the park to
i. New and existing entrances should
facilitate circulation and emphasize
be improved and create a focal area
scenic or interesting views.
distinguished through distinctive,
iv. New and existing utilities shall be
signature landscape design, including
located discreetly and should be
public art, pedestrian -scaled lighting,
incorporated into landscape features
and seating areas.
and/or screened, where necessary, to
ii. New recreational opportunities should
preserve desirable views.
be planned and designed for year-
round, all -season use, including
areas for active outdoor and possible
LGRRUUHFUHDWLRHVSRUWVrHOGV
skating rinks, bike paths, etc.) and
non -programmed open space for low -
intensity recreation (e.g. walking trails,
community gardens, seating areas, park
pavilions, interpretive displays, etc.).
ff
Figure 35: Exisitng Entrance of Courtice Memorial Park
M
6.1.3PARKETTES
Parkettes supplement the Neighbourhood Parks
to ensure a variety of amenities and spaces
are available within 400 metres (or 5-minute
walking distance) of all residents. Parkettes
are small components of the parks and open
space network, ranging from 0.5 to 1 hectare,
and can be designed with a combination of
soft -surfaced and hard -surfaced materials. Like
Neighbourhood Parks, they are also connected
to the greater active transportation network.
Please refer to Figure 36 for the locations of
Parkettes in Southeast Courtice.
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Parkette
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Special Local Road
Figure 36: Parkettes
GUIDELINES
a. Parkettes are intended to be
unprogrammed spaces, however, they may
have play structures and programmed
areas for low -intensity, passive recreation.
b. Parkettes shall be dispersed throughout
the community and may be required
should allocation be deemed necessary.
c. Parkettes shall connect, wherever possible
to other parts of the parks and open space
and active transportation systems.
d. Parkettes should be located on visible road
IURWDHVZLWHWUDFHVLVLEOGHrHG
through landscape treatment and built
form elements.
58
e. Terminating vistas at Parkettes should be
highlighted through landscape treatment
and/or built form elements.
f. Where located adjacent to natural features,
they should provide views and passive
transitions from the surrounding developed
area to the natural heritage system.
g. Landscape design of Parkettes should
feature seating, walkways and paths,
signage, benches, stonework, planters,
structures, gardens, ornamental planting,
and other elements that contribute to the
character of the neighbourhoods they are
within.
h. Adjacent development shall front onto a
public road and be oriented to Parkettes.
i. Back -lotting of development adjacent to
Parkettes is not encouraged and should be
minimized.
j. The use of interpretive plaques and
pathway markers shall be encouraged.
Figure 37: Example of Parkettes
59
6.1.4 PRIVATELY OWNED
PUBLICLY -ACCESSIBLE
SPACES
Privately Owned Publicly -accessible Spaces
are intended to enhance the public realm by
SURLGLGHrHGVSDFHVIRUVRFLDOLWHUDFWLF
They can include public squares, plazas,
courtyards, walkways, passages, atriums,
arcades and park -like spaces. Their locations
GUIDELINES
a. Privately Owned Publicly -accessible
Spaces shall have highly visible entries
and be located within Regional Corridors,
particularly at Prominent Intersections and
Gateways.
are primarily on lands designated as High
b. They should be sited adjacent to key
Density/Mixed Use and Medium Density
pedestrian connections and destinations
Regional Corridor. They will contribute to
to reinforce their role as community focal
creating a sense of place and contribute to a
points, complementing the public realm of
visually pleasing streetscape.
the Regional Corridor.
Privately Owned Publicly -accessible Spaces
c. They shall ensure a visually pleasing
are encouraged to be places for cultural events,
streetscape and contribute to the public
SEOLFDUWIDUPHUVbPDUNHWVDGVPD00HUVFD04ealm through high -quality architectural
outdoor events. They shall be highly visible
and landscape design that creates a good
from the street designed to support year-round
integration with adjacent built form.
activity. Privately Owned Publicly -accessible
Spaces are to create destinations at the
interface of the public realm while supporting
and anchoring adjacent retail, commercial, civic
or cultural uses.
Figure 38: Example of Privately Owned Publicly -Accessible Spaces
60
no
e
f
C
In
6.2 SCHOOLS
Privately -Owned Publicly -accessible
Spaces should incorporate amenities
that allow for gathering and interaction i
including but not limited to accessible
seating, garbage and recycling receptacles,
bicycle facilities, pedestrian -scaled lighting,
trees and decorative planting.
The installation of public art is encouraged,
particularly at Prominent Intersections. I
7HVHRIZDrGLDGVLDHLV
encouraged and should be legible and
comprehensible for a wide range of users I
including but not limited to the use of t
graphics and high visibility.
The use of interpretive plaques and
pathway markers shall be encouraged
WRUHFRLHVLLrFDWORVWRUUHORFDWHG
heritage buildings and sites.
Privately Owned Publicly -accessible
Spaces are encouraged to front a public
road, however, they may form part of the
transition zone from the rear parking areas
to the street -fronting public realm.
In
In
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
_ Neighbourhood Park
Arterial Road
Collector Road
Special Local Road
1 Elementary School
1
1
elementary schools are planned throughout
Southeast Courtice and play an important role
n the development of complete communities,
while also providing educational services to
students and the community. As community
they are encouraged to be located in
accessible areas with co -location of
RWHUIDFLOLWLHVWDWEHHrWWHFRPPLW
ncluding parks, open spaces and community
and recreation facilities. Based on the projected
population for Southeast Courtice, three
elementary schools are needed and are centrally
ocated within neighbourhoods. Please refer
o Figure 39 for the locations of schools in
Southeast Courtice.
1
J
1
a
in
Bloor Street
Figure 39: Schools
Gil
GUIDELINES
a. Schools shall be centrally located within
the neighbourhood to achieve a 5-minute
walking distance to most residents.
b. Lot sizes for Schools should generally
be a minimum of 2.5 hectares and be
rectangular.
c. Schools shall not be permitted to have
frontage on or access to Type A Arterials.
d. Schools may be permitted to have frontage
on or access to Collector Roads or Type
B or C Arterial Roads, with the ability
to create a minimum of two driveway
locations for entrances and exits.
Figure 40: Example of School
e. Schools shall be accessible by various
modes of transportation, including transit,
walking and cycling.
f. The design of schools and public rights -of -
way adjacent to schools should consider
the safety of students and shall include:
i. Visibly marked bicycle routes with
appropriate signage;
ii. Visibly marked pedestrian crossings
with appropriate lighting and signage,
iii. Sidewalks on both sides of the street
on public roads within the vicinity,
particularly where crossings are
required;
iv. 3LFNSDGGURSRUFLOLWLHVORFDWHGL
the side yards of the property or where
WUDFFRHVWLRFDUHDVRDEOEH
minimized; and
62
C
h
k
6.3 ROADS
v. Parking areas shall be limited to being
Transportation in Southeast Courtice facilitates
in the interior side or rear yards, with
the movement of people and goods through
the exception for accessibility needs.
DLWHUDWHGHFLHWFRPIRUWDEOHVDIHDG
Schools provide an important source of
accessible transportation network. Please refer
green space and programmed outdoor
to Figure 41 for the transportation network,
space for the community.
including roads and mid -block connections that
Schools are encouraged to be co -located
together provide the framework for the street
with Neighbourhood Parks to share sports
and block pattern.
rHOGVDGRWHUUHFUHDWLRDODPHLWLHY4?4
Ighout Southeast Courtice, roads shall be
facilities.
designed to be complete streets which form a
Development abutting Schools shall be
network to facilitate the movement for people
demarcated by appropriate fencing or
and goods in an integrated, safe, comfortable
other methods, as per the relevant school
and accessible manner. The road network will
ERDUGbVSROLFLHVEWHSURSRHWRIVDLCSULRULWLHFRHFWLLWDGZLOODOORZIRUGLHUHW
development.
users and modes of transportation, including
Schools shall connect, wherever possible
pedestrians, cyclists, transit and vehicles.
to other parts of the parks and open space
and active transportation systems.
Schools should generally be connected
to community facilities and amPnitiP-,
including but not limitec
Legend
Environmental Protection A
Arterial A
-- • - Service Road
Arterial B
Arterial C
Collector
Special Local Road
Local Road
— — Rear Lane
......•• Mid -Block Pedestrian Conn
Figure 41: Road Network
63
The road network includes a hierarchy of street
types, as follows:
• Arterial Roads
• Collector Roads
• Local Roads
• Rear Lanes
The following guidelines conform to the Region
RIUDPbVUWHULDO&RUULGRULGHOLHVIRU
Regional Corridors and provide further guidance
to achieve complete streets and the intended
ELOWIRUPDGSEOLFUHDOPIRUWHGLHUHWURDG
types. The guidelines in this section should be
read in conjunction with Section 5: Built Form
to understand the relationship between the
transportation network and intended built form.
GUIDELINES
a. All street types shall be broken into the
following general components of the public
right-of-way:
i. Boulevard: this is considered part of the
public realm of streets and generally
consists of a sidewalk (with applicable
RVHWSODWLDGIULVLRHDG
bicycle path.
ii. Roadway: this is part of the public realm
that is dedicated to the movement of
transportation and include travel lanes
for vehicles; dedicated or shared bicycle
lanes; and lanes for street parking.
b. All street types shall be designed as
complete streets, which ensure all modes
of transportation (motorists, pedestrians,
cyclists and transit users and people with
accessibility challenges) can be used
safely and comfortably.
c. The planting and furnishing zones shall
be appropriately landscaped with native
street trees and other plantings for, but
not limited to, shade, street furniture and
transit shelters.
d. There will be adequate lighting that is
DSSURSULDWHOVFDOHGIRUWHVSHFLrF
condition of the road types and adjacent
development for a safe, comfortable
pedestrian environment. All lighting shall
be downcast to reduce light pollution.
e. All public rights -of -way are required to
promote the use of green infrastructure
and create a green street, which includes:
i. Natural elements, including but not
limited to the planting of trees, green
walls and other types of landscaping.
ii. Low Impact Development techniques,
include but are not limited to permeable
paving, rainwater harvesting systems,
ELRVZDOHVDGLrOWUDWLRWUHFHV
f. The use of green infrastructure is
permitted within the public rights -of -way,
which include the boulevard and roadway,
WREHVWDFLHHWHGHVLUHGHHFWVRIVF
infrastructure.
g. Sidewalks shall be accommodated on all
street types and generally on both sides of
the street.
64
h. The minimum width of sidewalks shall
generally be 2 metres.
i. Sidewalks should not immediately abut any
component of the roadway. A planting and
I U LVLRHVROGVH U H DVDEH U L
between.
j. Cycling infrastructure shall be
accommodated on all street types, except
for Local Roads and Rear Lanes.
k. A two-way bicycle path shall be
accommodated on Type B Arterials and
Type C Arterials.
I. Shared bicycle lanes (i.e. sharrows) are
permitted only for Type A Arterials and
only in the service lane of the Multi -Way
design.
m.On-street parking is permitted only on
service lane of Type A Arterials and Local
5RDGVDGVROGIFWLRDVDEHU
between travel lanes with faster -moving
vehicles and the boulevard to maintain a
comfortable streetscape.
n. Snow storage shall be considered in
locations that minimize impacts to the
VWUHHWVFDSHDGWUDF
Figure 42: Example of Green Street
ri-I
6.3.1TYPE A ARTERIALS (BLOOR STREET & COURTICE ROAD)
Type A Arterials are Courtice Road and Bloor
Street and are encouraged to be developed as
O0WL:DV7HO0WL:DGHVLZLOOI0rO
WHIFWLRRI7SHUWHULDOVDVDHFLHW
DGLROPHURWHIRUGLHUHWPRGHVRI
transportation, while also allowing for a lower -
volume service lane running adjacent.
GUIDELINES
OOWL:DGHVLLVEHHrFLDOWR6RWHDVW
Courtice because it separates high -volume
HLFODUWUDFIURPORFDODFFHVVDORVHULFH
ODHV7HGHVLDOVRDOORZVIRUDWUDF
calmed public realm immediately adjacent
to built from. This allows for a more dynamic
streetscape and pedestrian environment that
achieves the vision of a vibrant, walkable, mixed -
use community along Courtice Road and Bloor
Street. These two Arterial Roads are also where
the highest densities and tallest developments
are supported. The need for a comfortable
public realm is therefore best achieved with a
Multi -Way design.
Please refer to Figure 43 for a cross-
section and plan of Type A Arterials and the
components that comprise the right-of-way for a
Multi -Way design. Please refer to Figure 44 for
a cross-section and plan of Type A Arterials and
the components that comprise of the right-of-
way without a Multi -way design.
a. The boulevards of Type A Arterials should
be treated as community space which
includes sidewalks, planting and furnishing
zones, on -street parking and service lanes.
b. The planting and furnishing zones
should be planted with street trees and
include pedestrian -scale lighting and site
furnishings.
c. Service lanes should feature special paving
to enhance aesthetics. The paving should
also provide stormwater management
EHHrWVDGLFOGHEWDUHRWOLPLWHGWR
permeable paving.
d. Curb extensions, where warranted and
feasible, should be provided at key
intersections where higher pedestrian
activity is anticipated.
e. Should a Multi -Way design be deemed not
feasible, the following components shall be
provided in the right-of-way in accordance
with Durham Region standards and
guidelines:
i. Boulevard: sidewalk, bicycle path and
planting and furnishing zones with
regular planting of street trees and
plantings to create a comfortable
environment.
ii. Roadway: travel lanes and, where
feasible, on -street parking, particularly
at Prominent Intersections.
66
f
t
r
s-40
I
I
�.//r `lu..r[ P/
iiiilMon
J■■■■■■■■■/....fY////////////////////G--■■//L
Figure 44: Type A Arterial (Alternative) Cross-section and Plan
o
(10 o
Of : N ;
WN
J
J
C bq
N
N
1
z
CU
.�;
L)
m
1
L
1
J M'
1
ca
1
I
EL
I
s
r
1
r
Boulevard
\
_0 a)
_
c6 co
-0 J
N
c6
J
c6
J
c6 0
N
bO
>
bq
. C
N
>
-)
>
=
c
J
N
� E
M �
z 1
LL
= 1
1
y
1
1
Roadway
40m ROW
Boulevard 1>=
1
1
1
1
68
6.3.2TYPE 6 ARTERIALS (TRULLS ROAD)
Type B Arterials ensure a balance between
WHHFLHWPRHPHWRIHLFOHVDGWUDVLW
while enhancing the comfort and safety of
pedestrians and cyclists. Trulls Road is a Type B
Arterial and acts as a major connection from the
Urban Centre into Southeast Courtice. They are
intended to support medium- and low -density
development. Please refer to Figure 45 for a
cross-section and plan of Type B Arterials and
the components that comprise the right-of-way.
=ap a) a) a) a) -0 a> = 1
;Q) �� ��
a
o 6 co b b M CO c6 0 >1
N i pp J J J J hp N 1
Boulevard
�s
• j
i !
i
.f
1
Roadway Boulevard
30m ROW
Figure 45: Type B Arterial Cross-section and Plan
69
6.3.3TYPE C ARTERIALS (MEADOWGLADE ROAD & HANCOCK ROAD)
Type C Arterials are Meadowglade Road and and are intended to support medium- and low -
Hancock Road. They are generally designed density developments. Please refer to Figure 46
WRPRHPRGHUDWHROPHVRIWUDFDWVORZHU for a cross-section and plan of Type C Arterials
speeds at relatively shorter distances. Type C and the components that comprise the right -of -
Arterials run along the edge of neighbourhoods way.
1
0
;o,
l"
o
�
o
0
1
�tw�
c
ap
j
c ao
uA
a
d5
1
c;
;n
; o
;
cn
; ; c
1
i
\I
I\
DI
ID
Boulevard
Roadway
Boulevard
=1
I=
26m ROW
I�
Figure 46: Type C Arterial Cross-section and Plan
70
6.3.4 COLLECTOR ROADS
Collector Roads connect to Arterial Roads and
provide primary connections to Local Roads.
Please refer to Figure 47 for a cross-section
and plan of Collector Roads and the components
that comprise the right-of-way.
-o (D = 1
Co 0 C C C6 C C C >
1 Co o a co a o a o 1
anN J J � o _j � _j aoN
1 c Uo a) 0 F o c bo 1
1 N i ) > > U i }' = J
1 z o o z 1
=1 1=
�
1 Boulevard Roadway Boulevard 1rr
=)1 1=)
cm. __ .m
Figure 47: Collector Road Cross-section and Plan
rji
6.3.5 LOCAL ROADS
Local Roads are designed to create intimate, GUIDELINES
pedestrian -scale streetscapes that promote a. A Special Local Road running east -west
walkability and residential uses. They discourage between Farmington Drive and Granville
LVSHHGVDGWURWUDF30HDVHUHIHUWR Drive, north of Bloor Street, shall be designed
Figure 48 for a cross-section and plan of Local to provide the functional requirements of a
Roads and the components that comprise the Collector Road.
right-of-way. b. Local Roads are permitted to have on -street
parking on both sides of the street, where
desired. Should it not be required on both
sides, the planting and furnishing zones shall
be made larger to maintain a 20-metre right-
of-way width.
= -0 a M (D � tw a� = 11
1
WN
c
co
J
J WN
bIJ
1
IN
1z
F.=
�
>
> c
NI
z1
No
r.
1 01
=1 fi 1
U) 1 Boulevard Roadway Cr) Boulevard 1
`'"' 1 20m ROW
Figure 48: Local Road Cross-section and Plan
72
6.3.6 REAR LANES
Rear Lanes support safer and more attractive
public streets by locating site access, parking
and servicing from a Rear Lane. As such, they
are promoted throughout Southeast Courtice.
Rear Lanes also reduce the number of curb -
cuts on a public street while maximizing the
exposure of building frontages to create a livelier,
more attractive streetscape. Rear Lanes are
encouraged to be provided to eliminate the need
for front -yard garages and front -yard driveways
for lower -density residential buildings. Please
refer to Figure 49 for a cross-section and
plan of Rear Lanes and the components that
comprise the right-of-way.
GUIDELINES
a. Rear Lanes are prioritized for higher -
density and/or mixed -use developments
that front onto Arterial Roads and Collector
Roads. Parking, servicing and loading
areas from these developments should be
accessed from Rear Lanes.
b. Where low- and medium -density
residential developments are dominant,
Rear Lanes are encouraged to eliminate
the need for front -yard garages and front -
yard driveways.
c. Rear Lanes must abut a public road and
shall not immediately connect to another
Rear Lane.
d. Garages fronting onto Rear Lanes should
be carefully arranged in groupings to
encourage an attractive visual environment.
e. The architectural design, massing,
detailing, materials and colours of garages
VROGFRPSOLPHWDGUHsHFWWHSULFL
dwelling. A variety of garage heights and
roof slopes is encouraged.
f. In locations of high public exposure, such
DVsDNDHORWVORWVDGMDFHWWRZDONZDV
DGHGORWVWHHSRVHGsDNDHIDFH
of the rear garage should be given the
same design consideration as the principal
dwelling with compatible architectural
elements, details and materials.
~�
CU CU
J J
N
i> >i
=1 1=
_I Roadway
3:1
Figure 49: Rear Lane Cross-section and Plan
73
g. Garages should be sited to allow for
access and drainage from the rear yard of
the unit to the laneway plus opportunities
for landscaping along laneways.
h. Both parking pads and garages shall be
set back from the lot line separating the
rear yard from the laneway.
i. RVHPEHULVWREHLGHWLrHGR
both, the garage elevation facing a lane or
the main entrance elevation facing a public
street or park.
j. Parking pads should be screened from the
rear by a fence and/or landscaping.
k. Landscaping and fencing along or adjacent
to Rear Lanes should be coordinated
DGrLVHGZLWPDWHULDOVFRORUVDG
vegetation compatible with the principal
dwelling.
Figure 5: Example of Rear Lane
74
6.4 ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION
Active transportation in Southeast Courtice
The active transportation network consists of
promotes alternative modes of transportation
the pedestrian, cycling and trail networks, which
to motorized vehicles. Opportunities will be
FRPSULVHRIERWRDGRVWUHHWIDFLOLWLHV
provided to the community to access more
Please refer to Figure 51 for a conceptual
PRELOLWRSWLRVDGWLOLHVSHFLrFLIUDVWUFMh�Unstration
of the active transportation
design to create a comfortable, well connected
network.
environment that aims to improve safety. Active
transportation refers to all human -powered
forms of transportation, including but not limited
to walking and cycling. It will be designed to be
inclusive for all users and abilities.
• ■: � � H�ghwaY2
• I
.I
■
Legend I � f
I --1-■
Environmental Protection Area I I ■
■
Bicycle Sharrow J ■
m m Bicycle Path
Bicycle Lane �.j ■
Special Local Road • ■
Local Road l
............
— — Rear Lane
........ Mid Block Pedestrian Connection
■
■... Trail ■■■■0■1P0;0 11 ■ ■■■I=■■ ■�■I/�'♦
■ � ITS—;• �♦
r •,. ■
�� ■-..
. ■ ► �•l I" ■ I I ......i........ ..... ..J..
■
■ I ............
i ■+.� Bloor Street
■ @
■ U
■ I I o
�........ ..... A ... ..a..■ ... ..... ................. �
Figure 51: Active Transportation Map
75
GUIDELINES
a. The active transportation network will
be well-connected and complement the
road network to foster connectivity and
permeability throughout the community.
b. Infrastructure must promote improved
safety and visibility of vulnerable road
users.
c. The connections of sidewalks and trails
to major destinations, neighbourhood
facilities such as parks and schools and
transit stops should be improved and
maintained to encourage year-round, all -
season use.
d. ,PSOHPHWZDrGLPHWRGVWDW
include signage to direct users at key
intersections, landmarks and attractions,
IRUERWRDGRVWUHHWIDFLOLWLHV
e. The active transportation network can also
connect to/through both public and private
spaces, including mid -block connections
and Privately Owned Publicly -accessible
Spaces.
Figure 52: Example of Integrated Active Transportation Network
76
6.4.1 PEDESTRIAN NETWORK
Southeast Courtice shall promote a safe and
comfortable pedestrian environment that is well-
connected to foster walkability and healthier
lifestyles. Sidewalks, mid -block pedestrian
connections and pedestrian crossings are
components of the pedestrian network.
Please refer to Figure 51 for a conceptual
demonstration of the pedestrian network.
6.4.1.1 SIDEWALKS
Sidewalks provide dedicated, safe and barrier -
free pedestrian movement throughout the length
of streets and blocks.
GUIDELINES
a. 6LGHZDONVVROGSURLGHDZHOOGHrHG
clear, predictable and unobstructed path
and shall generally be a minimum width of
2 metres, consistent across blocks.
b. Sidewalks shall generally be provided on
both sides of all road types and relate
directly to the adjacent buildings and uses.
c. Sidewalks should connect with other public
realm components such as parks and open
spaces and should link directly to trails,
wherever possible.
d. Where sidewalks meet with other public
realm components, they should be
designed to serve all users including but
not limited to children, elders and those
with accessibility needs. Grading and
sloping should be minimized to facilitate
ease of movement.
Figure 53: Example of Sidewalk
rri
e. Sidewalks should link to Privately Owned
Publicly -accessible Spaces and community
facilities and amenities including but not
limited to schools, community centres,
libraries and recreational amenities.
f. Boulevards adjacent to sidewalks should
provide space for pedestrian amenities
such as seating, transit shelters and active
transportation facilities such as bicycle
racks.
g. Planting and furnishing zones adjacent
to sidewalks should provide landscaping
WRDFWDVDEHUEHWZHHVLGHZDONVDG
travel lanes within the roadway.
6.4.1.2 MID -BLOCK PEDESTRIAN
CONNECTIONS
Mid -block pedestrian connections break up
long blocks and provide opportunities for greater
pedestrian access, connectivity and permeability
throughout Southeast Courtice
GUIDELINES
a. Mid -block pedestrian connections shall
further promote connectivity and enhance
permeability through each block by being
located at regular intervals, particularly
within Urban Residential Areas where
block lengths may be longer and greater
pedestrian connectivity and permeability is
desired.
b. Wherever possible, mid -block pedestrian
connections should connect to parks
and open spaces, as well as important
community facilities and amenities by
other public realm components including
but not limited to sidewalks and trails.
c. Mid -block pedestrian connections shall be
EDUULHUIUHHZLWDSSURSULDWHZDrGL
and other signage.
d. Mid -block pedestrian connections may
also help connect the public realm of
public roads to important functional areas
of the development that are in the rear,
including but not limited to parking, loading
and servicing areas.
e. Mid -block pedestrian connections can
be Privately Owned Publicly -accessible
spaces.
f. Within Regional Corridors, mid -block
pedestrian connections are not intended to
be publicly owned.
r_J
Figure 54: Example of Mid -block Pedestrian Connection
78
6.4.1.3 PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS
Pedestrian crossings provide opportunities for
safe, convenient and barrier -free pedestrian
movement across streets within Southeast
Courtice.
GUIDELINES
a. Pedestrian crossings shall ensure
continuity of the pedestrian network and
be continuous throughout the community.
b. Pedestrian crossings shall connect to other
components of the public realm including
but not limited to sidewalks, mid -block
pedestrian connections, trails, parks and
open spaces.
c. Where pedestrian crossings meet with
other public realm components, they
should be designed to serve all users
including but not limited to children, older
adults and those with accessibility needs.
Grading and sloping should be minimized
to facilitate ease of movement.
d. Pedestrian crossings should be designed
with safety in mind, with appropriate
signage and markings, particularly at
Prominent Intersections, Gateways and
parks and open spaces.
e. At key intersections, pedestrian crossings
should be paved with distinctive colours,
textured materials or markings to enhance
LVLELOLW DG PLLPLH FRsLFWVEHWZH H
SHGHVWULDVDGHLFODUWUDF
f. At signalized intersections, signalization for
pedestrian crossings should be prioritized,
particularly along Arterial Roads and
Collector Roads where there is higher
DWLFLSDWHGSHGHVWULDWUDF
g. Pedestrian crossings shall comply with
Municipal and AODA standards.
Figure 55: Example of Pedestrian Crossing
79
6.4.2CYCLING NETWORK
Cycling is promoted throughout Southeast
Courtice. Throughout the community, dedicated
and/or shared cycling infrastructure is provided
at most road types except Local Roads and
Rear Lanes. Throughout the community, cycling
RSSRUWLWLHVDUHSURLGHGWRRHUDHDOW
lifestyle and to create more opportunities
to get around. Please refer to Figure 51 for
a conceptual demonstration of the cycling
network.
GUIDELINES
a. Bicycle lanes shall generally be a minimum
width of 1.8 metres, except for Type A
Arterials where the cycling infrastructure
is a sharrow (i.e. shared with the service
lane).
b. Bicycle paths, found on Type B Arterials
and Type C Arterials, should be 3 to 4
metres in width to accommodate two -
directional travel.
Figure 56: Example of Bicycle Path
c. Adjacent planting and furnishing zones
shall have street trees to provide for shade
and comfort.
d. Shared cycling infrastructure with vehicular
WUDFVDOOSURLGHFOHDUVLDHDG
markings. On Collector Roads, the bicycle
ODHPDEHSDLWHGDGLHUHWFRORUWR
distinguish it from vehicular use.
e. Cycling routes shall have appropriate
ZDrGLDWNHLWHUVHFWLRVODGPDUNV
and community facilities and amenities.
f. Where cycling infrastructure meets with
other public realm components, they
should be designed to serve all users and
accessibility needs. Grading and sloping
should be minimized.
g. Where cycling infrastructure is shared
with multiple users, clear signage shall be
provided to indicate shared or dedicated
cycling with/from other users.
h. The design of cycling infrastructure will
follow the required design standards and
guidance.
80
6.4.3 TRAI L NETWORK
Trails contribute to enjoyment and interpretation
RIWHFRPPLWbVDWUDOHULWDHVVWHP
7HRHURSSRUWLWLHVIRUORZLWHVLW
recreation that is connected by the active
transportation network. Please refer to Figure
51 for a conceptual demonstration of the trail
network.
GUIDELINES
a. Trails should be seamlessly incorporated
into the active transportation network
including but not limited to sidewalks, mid -
block connections, pedestrian crossings
and cycling infrastructure.
b. Trails will connect to parks and open
spaces, including but not limited to
providing through access and connecting
areas for passive recreation. Trails are
generally permitted to be located adjacent
to Environmental Protection Areas.
c. Where trails meet with other public realm
components, particularly sidewalks and
pedestrian crossings, they should be
designed to serve all users including but
not limited to children, older adults and
those with accessibility needs. Grading
and sloping should be minimized to
facilitate ease of movement.
d. Trails shall have multiple access points and
demarcated entrances.
e. Amenities for trails, including but not
limited to parking, washrooms, furniture,
waste and recycling bins, signage,
interpretive facilities and lighting are
encouraged.
f. Trails should be a minimum width of 2
metres to provide barrier -free access.
Where trails are for multiple users, trails
should be sized appropriately.
g. Where trails are provided for multiple
users, clear signage shall be provided to
indicate shared or dedicated uses.
h. The material of trails should be sensitive
to the preservation and protection of the
surrounding natural heritage while being
designed to accommodate maintenance
equipment.
i. The design and construction of trails shall
comply with AODA standards.
Figure 57: Example of Trail
81
6.5 TRANSIT
Development in Southeast Courtice is
b. Transit stops shall be near active
encouraged to be developed in a transit -oriented
transportation nodes and other focal
manner with transit -supportive developments
points of the community, including but
of high- and medium -density along Arterial
not limited to parks and open spaces,
Roads. The availability of transit services in the
and building entrances of mixed -use,
community increases transportation options
retail and commercial developments.
and opportunities to get around. Transit plays
c. Where feasible, primarily along Regional
an important role in the creation of sustainable,
Corridors, transit waiting areas should
liveable and active communities.
be integrated into adjacent buildings and
The following guidelines should be read in
designed to be integrated into Prominent
conjunction with Section 5: Built Form to
Intersections, Privately Owned Publicly -
understand the appropriate types of built form
accessible Spaces and mid -block
and densities to achieve transit -supportive
connections.
development across Southeast Courtice.
d. Transit signage shall be legible and
prominent.
e.:DrGLDGDSSURSULDWHVLDH
GUIDELINES
throughout the community will indicate
a. Transit stops and facilities shall incorporate
transit stops and facilities.
appropriate amenities, including but not
f. Transit stops and facilities should be
limited to transit shelters, seating, tactile
prioritized for existing and all new
paving, bicycle racks, curb cuts and
developments along Courtice Road,
appropriate lighting.
particularly at its intersection with Bloor
Street, to create a strong transit corridor
that connects to the future GO station.
r- -
Figure 58: Example of Transit Infrastructure
82
This page is intentionally blank
83
84
CULTURAL&
NATURAL
HERITAGE
85
7.1 CULTURAL HERITAGE
Cultural heritage resources are buildings,
structures and landscapes with strong
FRPPLWVLLrFDFH7HFUHDWHDLTH
VHVHRISODFHDGGLHUHWLDWHRHSODFH
from another. There are three cultural heritage
landscapes and seven built heritage resources
WDWZHUHLGHWLrHGZLWL6RWHDVW&RUWLFH
and in the surrounding areas.
The following guidelines for the conservation of
potential cultural heritage resources are intended
to ensure adverse impacts are minimized and
appropriately mitigated, and will be applied in
FRMFWLRZLWVLWHVSHFLrFHDODWLRVRI
cultural heritage resources, as required.
GUIDELINES
a. Where a Cultural Heritage Evaluation
Report is required, site design and location
of buildings and structures shall not disrupt
or produce anticipated negative impacts to
potential cultural heritage resources.
b. New development on or adjacent to built
heritage resources shall be designed to be
sympathetic to and harmonious with such
resources through measures, including but
not limited to, complementary massing,
setbacks, architectural design and
materials.
c. Heights and densities of buildings may be
limited on developments on or adjacent to
LGHWLrHGFOWUDOHULWDHUHVR
Legend 1
Secondary Plan Boundary
Arterial Road I Q BHR5
Collector Road
d. A Cultural Heritage Evaluation Report will
determine whether a cultural heritage
resource be retained for its original use
in the original location or whether new
development on or adjacent to built
heritage resources should retain and
integrate some of the built heritage into
the proposal through built form and/or
landscaping.
e. A Cultural Heritage Evaluation Report will
determine whether new development on
or adjacent to cultural heritage landscapes
should conserve the cultural heritage
landscape, including but not limited to
residences, agricultural structures and
facilities, fence lines, mature trees and
other historic reminders.
f. Interpretive plaques, pathway markers,
special features shall be considered, where
DSSOLFDEOHWRUHFRLHVLLrFDWORVWRU
relocated heritage buildings and sites.
BHR3 Q
Highway 2
*CHL1
I
�BHR1
p BHR7
QBHR2
Q BHR4
QBHR6 QCHL2
CHO
OBuilt Heritage Resource ; o
OCultural Heritage Landscape
� o
Figure 59: Built Heritage Resources and Cultural Heritage Landscapes
Bloor Street
86
7.2 ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION AREAS
Environmental Protection Areas (EPAs) are
UH FRLHGDVWH PRVWVLLrFDWFRPSRHWV
RIWHFRPPLWbVDWUDOHLURPHWDG
include natural heritage features, hydrologically
sensitive features, lands within the regulatory
sRRGSODLRIDZDWHUFRUVHDGDDUGODGV
associated with valley systems. EPAs are the
primary structuring component of the parks and
open space system. Please refer to Figure 60
for the locations of EPAs.
(LURPHWDO&RVWUDLWVDUHLGHWLrHGLWH
Robinson Creek and Tooley Creek Subwatershed
Study Phase 1 Report by Aquafor Beech Ltd.
Moderate Constraints includes environmentally
sensitive features. Such areas require and
are subject to future study, with the intent to
determine the appropriate management and/
or protection action, and the suitability of the
underlying designation.
GUIDELINES
a. The location of parks should act as
an extension of EPAs to create an
interconnected network while maintaining
drainage patterns and topography, limiting
watercourse crossings and balancing a
connected grid network of roads.
b. Where parks, trails and adjacent
development connect to EPAs, its
interface, access and usage will be
undertaken in a manner that maintains
their ecological integrity and shall comply
with CLOCA policies and regulations.
c. Developments adjacent to EPAs should
optimize public exposure and views
to them through the provision and
incorporation of parks and trails to provide
access and additional linkages to the
natural heritage system.
HighWaY 2
I
I
i
r =
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary - — -_
Neighbourhood Park
_ Parkette
Environmental Protection Area
Environmental Constraint _
--- Environmental Study Area - = = BioorStreet
Arterial Road -
Collector Road 1
Figure 60: Environmental Protection Areas
87
d. Development, including the road network,
will consider drainage patterns and
topography around EPAs, including limited
watercourse crossings.
e. Back -lotting of development onto EPAs is
discouraged, however, may be permitted
if it enables an optimal street and block
pattern.
f. Parks and trails shall only be permitted
adjacent to EPAs and where provided,
shall enhance connections and linkages to
including but not limited to parks and other
community recreational facilities.
g. Vegetation protection zones should be
LGHWLrHGSURWHFWHGDGHDFHG7H
should be used to extend and, where
possible, connect the EPAs.
h. Where vegetation protection zones require
restoration, they should be planted with
native, non-invasive and self-sustaining
vegetation.
Figure 61: Example of Environmental Protection Area
88
This page is intentionally blank
89
90
STORMWATER
MANAGEMENT
Throughout Southeast Courtice, development GUIDELINES
is intended to be designed to conserve and
a. Buildings should collect and reuse
manage stormwater through Low Impact
rainwater in the building and/or for on -site
Development techniques. These include
irrigation.
but not limited to naturalized stormwater
b. Landscaping should include native and
PDDHPHWSRGVELRVZDOHVLrOWUDWLR
WUHFHVHHWDWHGrOWHUVWULSVDGSHUPHDEOH
drought -tolerant species. Irrigation for
materials. Stormwater management facilities
landscaping should be subgrade for
are primary pieces of public infrastructure and
treatment of grey water.
are to be located throughout the community.
c. Landscaped areas should be located to
In addition to their primary function of water
RSWLPLHWHSRWHWLDORIZDWHULrOWUDWLR
quality and quantity control, stormwater
d. Impervious surfaces should be
management facilities should be designed to
minimized, subject to engineering design
maintain the environmental and ecological
considerations, particularly for surface
integrity of the natural heritage system. They
parking areas.
VROGEHGHVLHGWRSURLGHDEHHrWWR
e. 6WRUPZDWHUVROGEHFROOHFWHGrOWHUHG
the environmental health and integrity of the
and reused on -site through permeable
community.
landscape design. The locations for
permeable design include but are not
limited to walkways, patios, plazas,
driveways, parking areas and some
components of the public road rights -of -
way, where feasible.
f. Designated snow storage areas should
be provided to limit the entry of salt and
other toxic substances into the stormwater
sewer system. They are encouraged to be
LrOWHUVWULSVDGELRVZDOHV
g. Bio-retention areas, both on publicly- and
privately -owned lands, are encouraged
WRFDSWUHDGWUHDWVWRUPZDWHUUR-
where feasible. They can be integrated
into a range of landscape areas including
medians and cul-de-sac islands, and
boulevards. A variety of planting and
landscape treatments should be employed
to integrate them into the character of the
landscape.
h. Bio-retention areas should be designed
WRrOWHUURHLWHUWURLrOWUDWLRRU
collection in a perforated under -drain and
discharged to the storm sewer system.
Figure 62: Example of Bio-retention Area
92
i. Bio-retention areas should be designed to
IRUSH ULRGVRILVFLHWUDLIDOODG
provide wildlife habitat and enhance the
excessive rainfall.
aesthetic of new developments, where
o. Stormwater management ponds should
feasible.
be developed as naturalized ponds, which
j. Rain gardens are encouraged to detain,
LFRUSRUDWHDWLHSODWLDGUHsHFW
LrOWUDWHDGrOWHUURGLVFDUHIURP
natural plant associations to minimize
roof leaders, wherever feasible.
maintenance, create natural habitats
k. 6RDNDZDVRULrOWUDWLRWUHFHVD00HULHVFor
pollinator species, and enhance
or chambers; wherever feasible; should
biodiversity.
be constructed below -grade and are
p. Stormwater management ponds should be
HFRUDHGWRPDDHVWRUPZDWHUUR•
integrated with parkland and treated as
Vegetated Filter Strips are encouraged,
wherever feasible, but preferred to treat
URCRPURDGVURRIGRZVSRWVDG
ORZWUDFSDUNLDUHDVDGFDEHVHG
for snow storage.
an extension of the parks and open space
system. Stormwater management ponds
are not to be located in parkland. They are
not permitted within the Environmental
Protection Areas.
m. Bioswales are encouraged, wherever q. Plant materials for ponds should include
IHDVLEOHSDUWLFODUOIRUWUHDWLURDGUR-a mix of deciduous and coniferous trees,
in areas that are not in high -density urban shrubs and aquatic species and seeding.
areas. r. Where development is adjacent to a
n. Rainwater harvesting systems are stormwater management pond, access for
encouraged, where appropriate, and should maintenance shall be provided.
incorporate treatment technologies to
improve the quality of rainwater before
and/or after storage and include provisions
Figure 63: Example of Stormwater Management Pond
93
94
TRANSITION
ZONES
"I
Southeast Courtice abuts lands that are
adjacent to agriculture and designated
employment lands, subject to future
secondary planning and development. The
guidelines in this section provide further
guidance relating to development adjacent to
these areas. As Southeast Courtice continues
towards full build -out, the impacts of
development that are adjacent to those areas
must be minimized.
9.1 DEVELOPMENT ADJACENT
TO AGRICULTURAL LANDS
The lands that comprise the Secondary Plan
Area and are subject to these Guidelines are
fully within the urban boundary. The lands to
the east, towards Highway 418, are outside
the urban boundary and comprise non -farm,
estate residential units and agricultural lands,
wooded areas and watercourses. These
lands were historically the cleared portions
of lands designated as Prime Agricultural
that surrounds the community. They were
used for the production of crops and the
rearing of livestock. Much of the wooded
areas are associated with steep -sided valleys,
watercourses and marshlands. Please refer
to Figure 64 for the location of designated
prime agricultural lands.
Development adjacent to agricultural lands
should consider the sensitivity of these lands
and their uses and protect their viability in
the long term. Planning trends within the
Municipality could foresee these areas
being incorporated into the urban area
boundary. During the interim period, the
following guidelines shall be used to consider
development at the interface between urban
and agriculture uses while protecting these
lands for their foreseeable longer -term
agricultural viability.
GUIDELINES:
a. HUVLFOGLEWRWOLPLWHGWRWUHHV
native vegetation and naturalized ponds,
natural heritage features or roads, should
form the transition and interface between
urban development and agricultural lands.
b. Demarcation features, including but not
limited to walls, fences, berm or signage,
VROGEHVHGEHWZHHWHGLHUHW
types and densities of land uses to reduce
the potential for trespassing and potential
vandalism.
c. Lower -density development should form
a transition between higher -density
development and agricultural lands.
d. Surface and/or groundwater monitoring
shall be implemented for developments
in areas where agricultural operations
use surface or groundwater as part of
their practice. This will monitor water
quality to maintain appropriate quality
for the irrigation and rearing of crops and
livestock.
e. 6WRUPZDWHUURCRPUEDGHHORSPHW
VDOORWsRZDGRUGUDLLWRDGMDFHW
agricultural lands.
96
9.2 DEVELOPMENT ADJACENT
TO EMPLOYMENT LANDS
Employment lands are an important part of
communities as they create economic and
employment opportunities. As such, the impacts
of adjacent residential development and vice -
versa should be minimized. Southeast Courtice
is bounded by the Courtice Employment Lands
to the south, with a portion of these lands
forming part of the Major Transit Station Area of
the proposed Courtice GO Station. Please refer
to Figure 64 for the location of employment
lands.
GUIDELINES
a. Adjacent development should not impact
the long-term feasibility of employment
lands. Appropriate setbacks, sound
EHULDGVFUHHLVROGEH
considered for development adjacent to
employment lands.
_I
Adjacent development should not prevent
access to the appropriate infrastrur+ irp
necessary for servicing of employr
lands.
Legend
Secondary Plan Boundary
Arterial Road
Collector Road
c. Noise attenuation measures, including but
not limited to noise walls and berms, shall
be implemented.
d. Backyard separation is encouraged
through the provision of a vegetated
ODGVFDSHEHUZLWSURSHUWLHVVHSDUDWHG
by a noise attenuation wall or slatted wood
fence to provide visual separation and
minimize noise impacts.
e. Should backyard separation not be
feasible, the following may be considered:
i. Road separation: a road separates
the employment lands from the
residential area and both residential and
employment properties front onto the
road.
ii. Backyard and road separation:
residential properties back onto a road
separating residential and employment
lands. A noise attenuation wall or
appropriate landscaping may be used to
provide visual separation and minimize
noise impacts.
Figure 64: Transition Zones
WA
IMPLEMENTATION
99
The Guidelines will be implemented by
the Municipality as an evaluation tool for
development in Southeast Courtice. The
Guidelines, as mentioned in Section 1.1:
Purpose, are to be used by everyone in the
community, including the Municipality, those in
the development industry and the public.
All development proposals within Southeast
Courtice should reference and demonstrate
adherence to the Guidelines. At pre -consultation
meetings with applicants, for assessing and
evaluating proposals, comprehensive block plans
and urban design rationales may be reuuired. It
should be noted that additional studies may also
be required, as determined by the Municipality.
10.1 COMPREHENSIVE BLOCK
PLANS
A comprehensive block plan demonstrates
how an integrated, coordinated development
is achieved when multiple properties are
concerned. They are prepared at the expense
of the applicant and to the satisfaction of the
Municipality. Comprehensive block plans will
address the following:
• RZWHSROLFLHVRIWH2FLD030D
Secondary Plan and Guidelines are
implemented;
• How active transportation is provided in an
integrated manner;
• Establish locations of community facilities
and amenities including but not limited to
parks, schools, places of worship and non-
residential uses; and
• Establish the manner of the phasing of
development and appropriate cost -sharing
of community uses and infrastructure.
10.2 URBAN DESIGN STUDIES
An urban design study demonstrates how
relevant policies and urban design guidelines
have been incorporated into the design of the
proposal(s). It is a document that is used to
DVVHVVDGHDODWHWHVLWHVSHFLrFDVSHFWVRI
the proposal, as well as the surrounding context.
Urban design studies provide an analysis of the
urban design opportunities and constraints, and
how the proposal improves the urban design
character of the site and surrounding area.
It is important to note that urban design studies
DUHRWLWHGHGWRSURLGHDMVWLrFDWLR
RUUHsHFWLRRIDSUHIHUUHGGHHORSPHW
scheme, but to focus on the comprehensive
demonstration of a preferred design solution.
10.3 PERIODIC REVIEW OF
GUIDELINES
The Guidelines are intended to evolve and
further develop as the situation arises. A
periodic review and update is intended, as
needed, to make them current and relevant as
development unfolds in Southeast Courtice.
100
This page is intentionally blank
HIM
A_COM
Prepared by AECOM Canada Ltd.
Prepared for the Municipality of Clarington
GaMigon
Attachment 2 to Report PSD-055-20
Attachment 2
Sequence of Events Summary - Southeast Courtice
Secondary Plan
2018
Event
January 29, 2018
Public Meeting Report and Staff Presentation
Council authorization to initiate
Notice sent to all property owners in the Secondary Plan Area
May, 2018
Award the contract to AECOM
June 13, 2018
Municipal Class Environmental Assessment
Notice of Study Commencement
June 15, 2018
Notice of Public Information Centre #1 (Open House) sent to all
property owners in the Secondary Plan Area.
Notice of Public Information Centre sent to all landowners
within 120 m of the Secondary Plan Area.
Notice was sent by mail and/or e-mail to Mayor and Members
of Council, Department Heads, the Region, the MMAH and the
Project Steering Committee.
June 26, 2018
Public Information Centre #1
September 5, 2018
Steering Committee Meeting #1
November 28, 2018
Steering Committee Meeting #2
December 13, 2018
Steering Committee Workshop #1
2019
Event
April 23, 2019
School Board Meeting
May 10, 2019
Courtice Planning Day, Steering Committee Meeting #3
June 19, 2019
Subwatershed Study Experts Meeting
September 3, 2019
Steering Committee Workshop #2
Alternative Land Uses
October 9, 2019
Landowner Meeting - Alternative Land Uses
Notice sent to all Landowners in the Secondary Plan Area
Attachment 2 to Report PSD-055-20
2019
Events
October 25, 2019
Notice of Public Information Centre #2 sent to all landowners in
the Secondary Plan Area.
Notice of Public Information Centre sent to all landowners
within 120 m of the Secondary Plan Area.
Notice was sent by mail and/or e-mail to the Interested Parties
List, the Region, Mayor and Members of Council, Department
Heads, the MMAH and the Project Steering Committee.
November 5, 2019
Public Information Centre #2
Alternative Land Uses
November 2019
Online Interactive Mapping Project
2020
Event
March 2020
COVID-19 Pandemic
March/April 2020
Cancelled - Public Information Centre #3
May 12, 2020
Steering Committee Workshop #3
Draft Secondary Plan and Urban Design and Sustainability
Guidelines (UDSG)
May 29 - June 2,
Notice of Statutory Public Meeting
2020
Draft OPA, Draft Secondary Plan and Draft UDSG
Notice of Public Meeting mailed to all landowners in the
Secondary Plan area.
Notice of Public Meeting was mailed to all landowners within
120 m of the Secondary Plan Area.
The Notice of Public Meeting was also sent by e-mail and/or
mail to the Interested Parties List, Mayor and Members of
Council, Department Heads, the Region, the MMAH and the
Projects Steering Committee.
June 1, 2020
Material Available for review on Project web page
Draft OPA, draft Secondary Plan and draft UDSG
June 2, 2020
Request for Comments sent to Commenting Agencies
June 18, 2020
Agenda Published; Staff report available
June 23, 2020
Statutory Public Meeting
Draft OPA, Draft Secondary Plan and Draft UDSG
July 2020
Notice of Council Vdecision regarding the Draft OPA, Draft
Secondary Plan and Draft UDSG was mailed and/or emailed to
all landowners within the Secondary Plan Area, all landowners
within 120m of the Secondary Plan and all interested parties.
Attachment 2 to Report PSD-055-20
November 13-17,
Notice of Recommendation Report mailed to all property
2020
owners within the Secondary Plan Area Notice of
Recommendation Report mailed or emailed to the interested
parties list.
Notice was sent by mail and/or e-mail to the Interested Parties
List, Mayor and Members of Council, Department Heads, the
Region, the MMAH and the Projects Steering Committee.
December 2, 2020
Material Available for review on the project web page
December 2, 2020
Agenda Published ❑ Recommended OPA, Recommended
Secondary Plan and Recommended UDSG available
December 7, 2020
Planning and Development Committee Meeting
TBD
Council Adoption of OPA 124
TBD
Document Package forwarded to the Region of Durham For
Approval
2021
Event
TBD
Region of Durham Approval of OPA 124
TBD
Zoning By-law to implement the Secondary Plan
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Attachment 3
Public Comments Summary Table
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
S001; S016
Suggests Natural Heritage be the focus for every
No changes made to SP.
Dave Winkle
incoming development to minimize habitat destruction in
GTA and protect species. Recognizes how natural
June2 and 22,
corridors are crucial along creeks/rivers/ponds,
Environmental Protection
2020
vegetated areas and fields.
policies exist in both the
Official Plan and the
Wants Staff to:
Secondary Plan to address
a) seriously consider tree preservation in the
these issues at the time of
development process and encourage developers
development.
to plant more and larger trees;
b) maintain fields and trails with minimum height for
grass cover for species habitat.
S002
Property Location: 1594 Courtice Road South
Advised the EW collector is
Betty Ormiston
approximately located along
her southern property
June 2, 2020
Inquired the approximate location of the EW collector
boundary.
south of Bloor Street.
No implications for SP revision.
S032
Property Location: 1594 Courtice Road South
The nature of policy guidance
Nicholas Mensink
for areas to the south of the
study area will be determined
July 27, 2020
by a separate secondary plan
process. Compatibility between
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
After reviewing the Staff Report and the Public Meeting,
the two areas from a traffic
they:
perspective will be further
addressed through this work.
F Are supportive of the residential designations for
the property (medium density along Regional
No SP revisions.
arterials roads Bloor and Courtice Road to take
advantage of Regional transit and the transition to
lower density on the balance of the lands).
F Have some concern over the road link to the
employment area to the south, and possible
infiltration of truck traffic within the residential
area instead of routing to arterials. Notes that
Farmington Drive connection should terminate at
the east -west collector south of Bloor St.
❑ Recognize that the size and location of each
park/parkette is to be determined at the time of
development review and approval based on
parkland provisions requirements of Section 18 of
the Official Plan, though they request that the
parkette not exceed 5% of the property.
S003
Property Location(s): 2141 Trulls Road; 1678 Bloor
Information was received.
Woodland Durham
Street; 1696 Bloor Street and under separate ownership
No implications for SP
(Mark Foley)
1666 Bloor Street
revisions.
June 4, 2020
Provided a revised road, lot and park block for land
(1666 Bloor) in the Secondary Plan area.
S026
Two requests following the Public Meeting:
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Woodland Durham
1. To revise the boundary limits of the Special Study
1.Municipality has indicated
(Mark Foley)
Area to align with the boundary of the
that the Environmental Study
June 24, 2020
environmental constraints designation, to avoid
Area boundary should remain
delays on developable lands;
as indicated.
2. To revise the location of the parkette to be
2. Precise location and size of
adjacent to the EPA area as shown on the
parkettes to be determined at
attachment (relocation of parkette that's east of
the time of development review
Farmington Drive and north of Bloor Street), to
and approval.
provide better NHS linkage.
S026a
Follow up on previous inquiry - specifically the relocation
Comment Received ❑ Precise
Woodland Durham
of the parkette. Seeks clarification on whether their
location and size of parkettes
(Mark Foley)
previous request was reviewed and why it was not
to be determined at the time of
allowed.
development review and
October 21, 2020
approval.
S004: S019
Property Location: 1811 Highway 2
Land Use Plan revised to
Worboy Law
expand High Density/Mixed
(Ronald Worboy)
Use designation along Hwy 2.
Thanked staff for the notice. Provided his support for
June 2 and 23,
the Secondary Plan. Submission of 2 items:
2020
(1) A letter outlining the client's desires to:
a. provide a high density residential block on
Courtice Road, between Highway 2 and
Sandringham Drive;
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
b. provide a medium density residential block
west of Hancock Rd, between Highway 2
and Sandringham Drive;
c. move the neighbourhood park south of
Sandringham Drive, adjacent to the EP
lands.
(2) A proposed land use plan for the proposed SEC
SP.
S005
Property Location: 2212 Trulls Road and 2350 Courtice
No implications for SP revision.
Colliers
Road
Multiple responses were sent
International
Several inquiries were made including:
to advise of potential timing,
(Tristan Quizeo)
the extent of the residential
[IWhen will Secondary Plan be adopted?
and environmental constraint
June 4, 2020
❑ What is the extent of the land uses for both
areas. Specific land areaswere
properties (2212 low density residential and
not provided.
environmental constraint, and 2350 medium
density residential).
How much/percentage of the sites developable -
for valuation purposes?
S006
Property Location: 2350 Courtice Road
Response provided to advise
Colliers
Can the portion of the property that's not within the
timing of the Secondary Plan
and UDSG to be presented to
International
Secondary Plan area proceed with development without
Council for a Statutory Public
(Tristan Quizeo)
the adoption of the Secondary Plan.
Meeting (June 23, 2020) and
June 5, 2020
What is the expected timeline for implementing the plan
anticipated timing for a
and development for the two sites?
recommendation report in Fall
2020. Also advised of the
adoption/approval process as
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
well as the ongoing Robinson
Creek and Tooley Creeks
Subwatershed Study that was
prepared in support of the
Secondary Plans in Courtice.
Portion of the site is within the
SEC Secondary Plan however,
the sanitary servicing for the
site will not be available until
the Trunk Sewer and
subsequent infrastructure is in
place.
No implications for SP revision.
S007
Subject lands are located outside of the SEC Secondary
No implications for SP revision.
Neil Osbourne
Plan area and outside of the Urban Boundary but
Mr. Osbourne was directed to
immediately adjacent to the Secondary Plan on the
V9H-5 F-IJ RQVLO ���
June 5, 2020
south side of Bloor Street.
Comprehensive Review
Redirected Mr. Osborne to the Region of Durham MCR
process.
website.
Mr. Osbourne is requesting the Courtice Urban
Boundary be expanded to include the Subject lands.
S015
Specific questions related to buildings, roads, storm
Questions were answered
Neil Osbourne
water, and location of items:
regarding the Secondary Plan.
June 21, 2020
F Maximum building height and location of buildings
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
❑ Location of proposed roads (from Courtice Rd),
No implications for SP revision.
options for relocation and road design details
(number of lanes, street parking, traffic lights,
speed limits on Bloor St between Courtice Rd &
Hwy 418, potential widening of Bloor St, corridor
width)
❑ Storm water facility location options, details to
share, management of possible overflow.
S008
Lives on Stagemaster Crescent. Confirming if
Stagemaster Cres. has been
Stagemaster Crescent will exit onto Courtice Road
included in the Southeast
Jessamyn Wilson
based on graphic in Notice.
Courtice Secondary Plan study
June 8, 2020
area to ensure that when
development is planned for,
adjacent uses and built form
will be considered. There is no
plan to change the
configuration of Stagemaster
Crescent to exit onto Courtice
Road.
No implications for SP revision.
S009
Inquired about the tentative start date of the four street
Staff will prepare a
Ron Boss
expansions/extensions shown in the newspaper.
Recommendation Report for
Council to consider. When
June 15, 2020
Council adopts the Secondary
Plan, it will be forwarded to the
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Inquired about the start time for the June 23rd Public
Region for final approval.
Meeting.
No tentative start date for the
extension of roads shown in
the advertisement - roads are
typically extended through the
development process (Plan of
Subdivision) which takes place
after the Secondary Plan is
approved.
Date, Time and instructions to
join the SEC SP Public
meeting was provided.
Asked if they'd like to be part of
the IP List.
No implications for SP revision.
S010
Property Location: 1685 Bloor Street
No implications for SP revision.
Hope Fellowship
Noted they are looking forward to the PM and how the
Church (Brian
Secondary plan will affect the Church property
Bylsma)
(proposed road south of their property). Seeks more
June 15, 2020
information on proposed Farmington Drive extension.
S011
Property Location: 1685 Bloor Street
Staff discussed the number of
factors that go into the design
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Hope Fellowship
of the neighbourhood. A map
Church (Rich
Bouma)
Inquiring about the location of the two collector roads,
with the Secondary Plan land
uses over top of the property
school and Neighbourhood park on the Church's land.
fabric was sent to the Church
June 16, 2020
Requested a map. Inquired about future cost sharing.
representative so this
relationship is known.
S024
Property Location: 1685 Bloor Street
School site moved further
Hope Fellowship
The proposed school and park limit development
west. Neighbourhood park
shifted southward and
Church (John
potential on their property.
Farmington Drive was shifted
DeWilde)
eastward to better align with
June 23, 2020
Prefers a mix of uses and relocation of the proposed
property boundaries.
school and park elsewhere.
Advised that in general cost
sharing will occur between
landowners for infrastructure
Inquired regarding cost sharing with other developers.
and other costs of
development, i.e. provision of
land for parks and schools as
part of the development
process.
S031
Property Location(s):
Meeting held with Church
Hope Fellowship
1685-1689 Bloor Street; and 1711 Bloor Street
representatives. See above
Church (Brian
response.
Bylsma)
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
July 13, 2020
Thanked staff for all the work to help create the
community in Courtice. Emailed letter outlining
concerns and desires for the church property that's
consistent with the Secondary Plan. Requests meeting
with Planner to discuss further.
Desires (requires all 22+ acres they own):
L A second phase for their own facility (building and
program expansions); and
F A mixed -use community including a variety of
living options, affordable housing, assisted and
Vl-QRL CJFI WP F K VC-0
Concern:
C Proposed uses (school, park, two new roads)
leaves limited developable land to work with -
detrimental to how they are serving community
Believes their plans are in -line with Secondary Plan
objectives to be livable and accessible; and suggests
the proposed uses be central to the Secondary Plan
area instead of adjacent to residential areas:
L Move school to south side of the new EW road (if
needed in that area)
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
CI Move park to a more central location (open to
further discussion RE: Green Priority Concept)
F Desires Municipality provide property zoning to
reflect their use and needs.
L Move the EW road 50-75 feet south, the north
limit of the EP area to avoid creating a small
parcel.
L Move Farmington extension 75-100 feet west to
allow better use of their lands east of Farmington
(also helps Farmington be more central between
Courtice and Trulls.
S038
Property Location(s):
See above responses to the
Hope Fellowship
1685-1689 Bloor Street; and 1711 Bloor Street
inquiry.
Church (Brian
Church)
BylsmaNeighbourhood
Consider moving the school to the west side of the
park; realign Farmington to their eastern
August 28, 2020
property line.
S014
Concerned about additional roads on proposed land use
EA will further assess the
Libby Racansky
plan:
crossing of the Tooley Creek
and provide mitigation
June 21, 2020
L Road #4 (horizontal): would reduce quantity and
measures if needed.
quality of water feeding Tooley Creek's
headwaters which is already covered by the 418
No implications for SP revision.
Interchange. Can Road #4 be avoided to
minimize negative impact.
10
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
F1 Road #4 (vertical): seems to have less impact on
Creek - seeking a culvert or bridge (preferred,
and cheaper) over the Creek. Asks for a
vegetative buffer along the north and east side of
the Plan to prevent 418 noise (trucks) into the
Hancock neighbourhood.
SO40
Follow up; seeking answers from Staff for the following
Staff provided links the Draft
five (5) concerns:
Southeast Courtice Secondary
Libby Racansk
Y y
Plan (June 23, 2020), the maps
November 25,
1. Extension on Farmington Drive (#3 on Plan) - still
(land use and transportation), and
2020
unable to find how much it would cost tax -payers to fund
the Robinson and Tooley Creek
the road extension to cross the valley. Asks what the EA
Subwatershed Study for more
information.
says about it and if the road could avoid this crossing
and remain as an internal winding road to help calm
Answered each concern in
traffic instead of having many roads that would require
writing.
Public Works' maintenance. Less maintenance means
lower taxes, so a request for less roads.
Clarified the status and timing of
completion for the EA; how the
2. Similar situation can be applied to Road #4 located at
Secondary Plan responds to their
concerns on the Creeks,
the headwaters of Tooley Creek. The other part of the
proposed roads, and land uses;
Tooley headwater recharge was already covered up by
as well as the future development
the Hwy 418. Subdivision residents have access to Hwy
in regard to natural features,
2 and 418 from Courtice Rd. Asks what the EA is
servicing, and the development
recommending for this.
approvals process.
3. Asks if developers contribute financially for rehab of
Tooley Creek - if the roads are really necessary.
11
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
4. Asks if the forested area to the left of Tooley Creek
(visible from Courtice Rd) will become a park as Mr.
Worboy requested on behalf of the Muirs. States it
would finish the existence of Tooley Creek, and
suggests a trail be implemented instead which follows
the outside contour of this woodlot.
5. Questions whether the existing residents on Hancock
Rd will lose water in their wells during or even after
construction. Asks if there should be a clause in the
study stating that the developer would connect residents
to municipal water supply or restore their wells
(according to the desires of private landowners) at no
cost to the residents. Without such clause, the residents
would pay an unnecessary financial amount for the
restoration or connection and suffer, health -wise. The
same had happened to those in the Hancock
neighbourhood recently.
S017
Asked for general project information such as
Response to inquiry provided.
Mark Stanisz
documents, timelines, and any information about the
No implications for SP revision.
sewer trunk being constructed on Trulls Rd.
June 22, 2020
S027
Questions what's planned for the property at the
Response to inquiry provided.
Mark Stanisz
southeast corner of Wade Square (#65) and its
relationship to the SEC SP and the development
No implications for SP revision.
June 26, 2020
12
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
immediately south of the property (there's an abandoned
house east of the white area).
S018
Subject lands are located outside of the SEC study area
No implications for SP revision.
Bruce Osbourne
and are located outside of urban boundary (immediately
adjacent to the Secondary Plan on the south side of
June 23, 2020
Bloor Street).
Redirected Mr. Osborne to the Region of Durham MCR
process. Mr. Osborne is requesting the lands to be
included within the Urban Area.
S020
Experiences noise from Highway 418, high volume of
Secondary Plan provides
Ken & Wendy
trucks and high vehicle speeds on Bloor between
policy regarding the protection
Ferris
Courtice Rd and Hancock Rd.
of the natural environment and
Questions how the Municipality considers road safety
for the provision of safe roads.
June 23, 2020
and environmental impacts.
No implications for SP revision.
S021
Timing of project completion, concern for construction
Secondary Plan must first be
Alex & Laura Paris
noise and impacts, timing of access to services.
approved, and infrastructure
be extended to the area prior
June 23, 2020
to development.
No implications for SP revision.
13
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
S022
Need to strengthen the EW connections between
Environmental Protection
Gerry McKenna
Robinson and Tooley Creeks.
policies are provided in the
What infrastructure will be used to support new
Secondary Plan.
June 23, 2020
roads/extensions and what wildlife and species at risk
No further implications for SP
are identified in the area.
Suggests bird friendly building performance standards to
revision.
minimize impact during fall migration.
S023
Property Location: Hancock Road north of Bloor Street.
Concern noted. The final
Milada Kovac
Opposes Meadowglade Road extension to bisect her
alignment of Hancock
Boulevard will be subject to an
June 23, 2020
property connecting Hancock Road.
EA. Timing for the EA is
unknown but will be in the
future.
No implications for SP revision.
S025
Property Location: 2231 Trulls Road
No implications for SP revision.
Pasquale Bruno
June 23, 2020
Wanted a map showing his property and the secondary
plan.
S028
Concerned with the protection of natural areas,
A number of policies are
tributaries, wildlife, wildlife habitat, and corridors, as they
included in the secondary plan
Alisha Ritskes
currently face low human and vehicle interference.
to address these concerns
June 27, 2020
including:
Environmental
Protection
14
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Concerned with the cleanliness of these areas and
F1 Erosion Control plans
questions how monitoring of illegal dumping and runoff
are a requirement of
from construction will prevent harm to the ecosystem.
most development
Questions how conservation and protection will be
approvals
Public Works department
achieved long term - whether it be implementing
maintains trails
guidelines or processes; and how trails will be
maintained.
Private landowners maintain
adjacent sidewalks
As a result of increased residential uses, concerned
about how the proposed density increase may challenge
Existing uses may remain.
residents to drive instead of walk, especially in the
winter with extreme temperatures and less maintenance
of sidewalk clearance.
Submission did not necessitate
SP revision.
Wonders whether the existing houses and buildings not
mapped are to remain/being considered.
S030
Property Location: 2091 Trulls Road
It is intended that these
Tracy Madgett
Inquiry about the future of the row of SFDs that front
properties will continue as is or
the land could be used in the
July 3, 2020
onto Trulls Road.
future with other lots for a
development.
No implications for SP revision.
S033
Property Location: Lands within the Environmental
Responses provided regarding
Study Area
proposed timing for the
15
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
Lindvest (Mark
Looking for more details regarding the timing and
recommendation report.
DiLoreto)
phasing of the Secondary Plan. Confirming the expected
Information regarding the EIS
July 15, 2020
November 2020 completion date of Phase 4 and the
was provided.
Recommendation Report and whether this deadline
Inquiry did not have any
would be delayed due to COVID-19. Seeking more
implications for SP revision.
information on the Environmental Study, its approximate
completion date and if available online for public view.
Asked how much of an increase to the density proposed
in the Secondary plan Guidelines would be supported by
Staff, and if a zoning/OP amendment comes forward
how long it would take to approve an increase to the
density/height.
S035
Property Location: 1350 Courtice Road (Pickell
In general cost sharing will
MacMeg Group of
Development Lands)
occur between landowners for
Companies Inc.
Seeking clarity on the impacts of the Secondary Plan
infrastructure and other costs
if development, i.e. provision
(Kevin Anderson)
work to the subject property, specifically:
of land for parks and schools.
July 17, 2020
1. A proposed/potential stormwater management
Stormwater management
feature;
facilities shown on Schedule A
2. A proposed/potential parkette feature, and;
and B are illustrative and final
3. A collector road running east/west from Trulls
location and sizing shall be
Road to Courtice.
determined through the
Also seeks clarity on the land designations being
development application
suggested in the plan and whether there is flexibility
process.
related to commercial uses and the close proximity to
the Courtice and Bloor "landmark" intersection.
16
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
Seeks to understand how compensation will be
Large scale commercial uses
delivered if the uses/features are implemented.
are not contemplated for these
lands.
Until they receive clarity on the above concerns, they
Mapping of the subject lands
are not in favour of the proposed plan.
were provided with an overlay
of the Secondary Plan as well
as details from the
Subwatershed Study.
S036
Subject Lands: Composting Facility on Hancock Road
Policy request has been
Macaulay Shiomi
north of Baseline Road.
forwarded to the Courtice
Howson LTD.
White Owl Properties Limited (formerly Miller Group)
Employment Lands/MTSA
Secondary Plan which is in
(Nick Pileggi)
owns the subject lands. The northern portion is used as
closer proximity to the subject
Sept
September 18
an organic and wood waste composting and processing
lands.
facility, while the southern portion is located within the
Courtice Employment Secondary Plan Study area.
Secondary Plan policy requires
studies for new development to
Is concerned that future development in the Southeast
show compatibility with uses
Courtice Secondary Plan Area may result in greater
adjacent and in the vicinity.
odour concerns.
White Owl is not opposed to the developments in the
Secondary Plan Areas and believes additional policies
are beneficial to the Municipality and White Owl, in
reducing land use conflicts. Suggests adding a new
section of policies to the Clarington Official Plan.
0
17
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
S037
Seeking clarity on the secondary plan boundaries and
Concerns regarding snow
Patrick McEvoy
the impacts of the Hancock Road adjustment in relation
removal were forwarded to the
to their property, such as snow plow services. Inquiring
Director of Public Works.
August 29, 2020
about comment period and if future alterations to the
Advised that the alignment of
plan can be made. Also suggests having the
Hancock Road will be subject
Meadowglade Road extension go through their property
to the EA process.
and extend out to east of Hancock Road. Looking to sell
their property and welcome future plans.
No implications for SP revision.
S039
Outlining concerns with the June draft of the Southeast
Tribute
Courtice Secondary Plan:
Communities
(Louise Foster)
1. Section 3.1.1 on Regional Corridor:
September 3, 2020
a. There are cross references to regional corridor
cy and references
lands and to the streets, though streets are not
clarified.
cllarifi
regional corridors. Please clarify and correct.
2. Section 4.3 Medium Density Residential:
2a. Correct
a. We assume no distinction between condo towns
and street towns or back to back/stacked for
Section 4.3.3 b) and c).
2b.This provision has been
b. In Section 4.3.7, townhouses are permitted but
removed.
shall not exceed 10% of total frontage. Clarify
how a townhouse is defined and how it's
calculated (site plan by site plan basis, or by the
overall frontage of medium density blocks). We
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
cannot support 10%. Also, does the Regional
Road frontage mean all units fronting onto Bloor
Street, Courtice Rd and Hwy 2? It's difficult to
implement if planning on a site by site basis as
the actual land use area within the regional
Corridor is not wide. Please delete the
percentage and work with the overall 85 uph
2c Four storey development is
noted in Section 3.1.3.
encouraged at all intersections
c. Section 4.4.8, delete the requirement that
of a Collector or Arterial with
buildings less than 4 storeys shall not be
the Regional Corridors. Policy
permitted within 50 metres of an intersection of
has been revised to only apply
Courtice Rd and Bloor Street. We don't
to some intersections.
understand the intent of this as driveway access
and internal condo road patterns are difficult to
achieve and may not be in keeping with the
development blocks. 3 storey buildings can be
designed to reflect a 4 storey product (see
examples attached).
3. Section 4.5 Development within Low Density
3a. Design criteria has not
Residential Designation:
been removed as these clarify
a. Remove specific design criteria in Section
\MD EQFLSDMt\/LH-SFFW
5.3.1. Urban Design and Zoning policies
regarding development.
should not be in a Secondary Plan. If there
Specific numeric references
are design considerations that are also
have been removed where
included in Urban Design Guidelines and
appropriate to avoid conflicts
the Zoning By-law, how would the
with future zoning provisions.
Secondary Plan policies be addressed if a
19
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
minor variance to the Zoning By-law can
3b. Provision revised (5.4.1) to
be made?
remove numeric reference
b. Delete the provision in Section 5.3.1 e)
however soft landscaping is
requiring 50% soft landscaping. Request
still encouraged.
that it be reduced to 45% (see examples
attached). The porch and stairs must be
included to achieve the 50%. This would
3c. Policy revised.
be appropriate for a zoning by-law, not a
secondary plan. An OPA may be required
if a minor variance came forward.
3d. Official Plan limits
c. In Section 5.4.1 c), garages should at least
townhouses that may be
be permitted to extend to the front porch,
attached to 6.
which provides for a more liveable floor
plan in smaller units.
d. Change the maximum number of attached
townhouses from 6 to 8 in Section 5.4.1 f).
Cannot support this as townhouse projects
4a. policy has been amended
(freehold and condo), blocks range from 5-
to reference the Official Plan
8 units typically, depending on the area of
regarding road design.
the land that the townhouse occupies.
4. Section 9.6 Local Roads:
a. Delete the requirement in Section 7.3.2,
as 200 metres as the maximum road
length is too short. In various
circumstances, crescents and valley
systems require flexibility in the road
pattern. An absolute grid is not achievable,
but a modified grid is.
20
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Attachments to the submission include sample lot
demonstrations for townhomes, landscaped open space,
and building elevations.
S012
Property Location: Environmental Study Area
Boundary of the Environmental
Delta Urban Inc.
Study Area was determined in
(Mustafa Ghassan)
Requests to have the Environmental Study Area (ESA)
keeping with the
boundary adjusted to the limits of the Natural Areas only
Subwatershed Study.
June 17, 2020
(i.e. the Moderate Constraint Area) because those areas
Boundary has not been
are the only parts of the area being studied, for
revised.
additional protection and flexibility.
S013
Letter of Support on behalf of the Southeast Courtice
Thank you. No implications for
Delta Urban Inc.
Landowners Group dated June 15th, 2020, addressed to
SP revision.
(Mustafa Ghassan)
the Planning & Development Committee in preparation
of the SEC SP Public Meeting on June 23rd, 2020.
June 17, 2020
S029
Following up on issues and concerns regarding the
In response to submissions the
GHD (Bryce
reallocation of the school and park, raised by Hope
school site moved to west of
Jordan)
Fellow Church at the Public Meeting, as the property
park.
appears small to accommodate the uses.
June 30, 2020
S034
Section 2.1: Vision
Wording changed from
"preserved" to "conserved".
"Enhanced" remains. It is an
21
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Delta Urban Inc.
❑ The 2nd body paragraph, 2nd sentence notes that
objective of the plan to
(Mustafa Ghassan)
APB 4HDWLF 1H3\ r -WV9Hr5 RELCM; DQG7F4;Mm
enhance the NHS and its
July 31, 2020
Creeks, will be preserved, enhanced_-L30GM❑
ecological functions through
G-K6WVi1H-ZRLG-HHG❑ U;P Vi1H H[�W
the development process.
should not be a secondary plan mandate to
enhance these features, but we agreed with the
L1H FU-IC FH_VR-SUA/ -w H- DMACFRISRLDkdANH
HCAGTHA/❑1V W I❑❑
Section 2.2.4: Objectives
See comment above.
❑ Similar to the comment above, please add the
VdF FP7 KHLHDSS(FDE8EDV _HCKDC FHA i❑
❑1MIEDU❑1-IM❑❑M1❑❑ MM
Section 3.1.1: Regional Corridor
❑ This section indicated that Bloor Street, Courtice
Bullet 1 -
Road and Highway 2 are Regional Corridors,
which is correct, but it noted that they are the
Bullet 2 - We don't have a
d1�dlHVJDDAN+UIFHE[I30Cr/H❑
Community Structure
LP--P REHV9HLZ DUH[P ROW
schedule. The purpose of that
definitely the routes for future transit service, not
sentence is to be clear that
\NHL-QFiO__I l9�-3 M\/H_DOR_LHFLAR_3 RIF I ' -EIIIIE
when we are talking about
as it indicated that these roads will serve as the
Regional Corridors, we are
ESUCFLSDC�1pDaS
talking about the areas
❑ 7141APv1W-IC H HI11
covered by those two
align with Medium Density Residential and High
designations.
' Fib LC_HG-8 VHS3-W C r/-L7 KHr5 HJ 11ZGD0I
corridors already exist in \NH-51-JLRQ-r2 IILFLEOI
Plan and the Clarington OP, as such it is the
22
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Medium Density and High Density/Mixed Use
designations which align with the Regional
Corridors, and not the other way around.
Section 3.2.4 c): Prominent Intersections
Policy changes such that retail
and service uses are
❑ The policy states that development in the vicinity
encouraged.
R L'YdE?R16 WH VEQO[7U]'MUG-Shall feature
built form at the upper end of medium density
category and an offer retails and service uses=
Bloor and Trulls is a prominent
Please remove the requirement for mixed use
intersection and a 4 storeys
building at this intersection as is a Medium
built form is a requirement.
Density designation therefore an all residential
building should be permitted at this location.
Flexible policies that permit retails/services use
are acceptable, but it cannot be a must; this is
consistent with other similar areas throughout the
Region.
Section 3.3.1: Urban Residential
No change made. "Urban
Residential" the title of the
❑ 5 H L1M� I�DC�CS❑
element of community
predominantly F���
structure, what follows is a
redundant.
description of it.
Section 3.3.2: Urban Residential
Policy doesn't say that there
be no large parks within
Li It
It is common practice to provide a larger park as
the RC, it says many of them
part of higher density areas as they provide relief
will be in the
from the high -density massing. In fact, the parks
do not have to be provided entirely within the
23
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Regional Corridor, they can extend into the
Medium Density and Low- density areas in order
to provide better pedestrian and cyclist
connections within the community. Please clarify
Z KEAWE 341SLRSRM-GEHEULP R_ -GtU; P AWI
intensity of the Regional ❑❑TIP❑was outlined in
the policy.
Section 3.4.1: Parks and Open Space System
This has already been
changed to SW ponds. They
F Please be consistent with the terminology,
are one type of SW facility that
suggest maintaining and using the term
can be incorporated into the
'AMP Z DhUP DMU HP DF�RQ�
Park and Open Space System.
-SHI M+A&'RQ-fl�� Q-I
Section 3.4.2 & 3.4.4: Parks and Open Space System ❑
Change made throughout.
Environmental Protection on Areas and Associated Area
F 7 KHVdLP ❑preservation FM4 - ICE EH[Lll-P RE ❑
these policies and all other policies of this
secondary plan. The natural feature areas will be
-conserved l_I_DM-arotected-1E VACRWSLID❑❑En❑❑0
Section 3.4.7: Stormwater Management Ponds
First sentence, the extent to
which development and site
F Please confirm that SWM ponds can be located
alteration can occur in VPZ are
within VPZ and replace buffer requirement
determined by the OP policies.
adjacent to EPAs. Confirm that pond locations on
Schedules A and B are illustrative and final
location and sizing will be determined through
Second sentence has been
development applications.
added as policy 11.3.1.
24
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Section 3.5.1: Gateways
Gateway location and
treatment clarified in policy
treat
❑ Gateways are identified in section 2.4 of the
Urban Design Guideline. There are 4 Gateways
being proposed for SE Courtice. The quantity and
location of the Gateways should be revisited. For
Gateways reduced to two, at
example, the two gateways along Bloor Street
arterials along the eastern
should be removed. The Municipality should also
edge of Courtice.
consider the cost of constructing these features
and maintenance.
Section 4.3.4 b: High Density/Mixed Use
Changed.
❑ & IDQJ Hal I' C WVTII
Section 4.3: High Density/Mixed Use
High Density/Mixed Use areas
do not abut a Low Rise
L Please consider using the Medium Density lands
Residential area.
as the transitional land use to the Low -Density
lands rather than requiring the High- Density
lands to provide a transition.
Section 4.4.1: Medium Density Residential
Regional Corridor is generally
100m wide. On the west side
❑ Please confirm if the Regional Corridor has been
of Courtice Road, north of
widened at the section of Courtice Road north of
Bloor the Medium Density
Bloor Street. Purpose of the clarification is
Residential designation
because Medium -Density is currently reflected
extends beyond 100m..
outside the typical corridor width and the
reference in the Urban Design Guidelines (Figure
8 in Section 2.2). The LOG has no concerns with
the RC being widened at these areas, but just
25
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
need to confirm if it is, otherwise this policy would
need to be revised.
Section 4.4.3: Medium Density Residential ❑ Permitted
Building types are not defined,
Uses
but townhouses have been
differentiated from stacked
❑ 5 H HlUICFH1 FOA LC1ICRQ-R FIA Z Q<RRI��
townhouses.
AAWNHQ \ W- QqZ-1 /I VQz,' -�HCSLRA& G[ M
Section 4.3.7: Medium Density Residential
The policy has been removed.
❑ This policy is suggesting that Medium Density
Residential designation, townhouses are
SHIP LWW-j-BI_NA/I D IH=H-lQ_I_ -i -RI APO-VWW
IR CMU HMM ILA-V D-IUFF0bV C LLIHTI-WHG-Ld-U DI-QQJ ❑
frontage and if the reference is site specific or an
aggregate of the entire Regional Corridor
frontage. Notwithstanding the definition a
minimum % should NOT be provided.
Section 4.3.8: Medium Density Residential
Policy removed.
❑ I R1GFIllVMW i W- lV +WDSH❑
DQG V SLRP R kd[SRP HDELOACE714]\JLSR( F
DSSU; SLllDAl HIP L AG8 M-MIS$ W/Hii
remove.
Section 4.4: Medium Density Residential
Townhouses are restricted to
certain portions of the RCfronting
F Please note that 3-storey buildings are permitted
onto the Regional
within the Regional Corridor in accordance with
Corridor.
the Regional and Clarington OPs. Please revise
this policy to permit 3-stroey Townhouses along
26
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
the Regional Corridor, and within 50 metre of the
Townhouses would be allowed
intersection, as it could be reasonable to have
at the back end of the
such density to allow for a natural transition to
designation fronting onto a
lower density developments. Please also note
public local street.
that some townhouses are 3 storeys with a 4tn
(DILHGRIJP HFIMFDCJ; RP V RWEDSRQDV=IW
could create the illusion of 4 storeys and hence
should be permitted, although it is not technically
4 storeys. That being said, please provide the
flexibility for higher density but also include 3
storey townhouses.
Section 4.4.2: Low Density Residential
This has been moved to
become a general policy
11 17KH UWAG-C-I-I(B'SP HCM E
pertaining to all designations.
properties within the Low -Density Residential
G-NLJ CD\kRQAh<DMH+ R❑ DJ HG-i3 eG/H[UP Rd -I
as it does not have context in the secondary plan.
Section 4.4.3: Low Density Residential
This policy has been removed.
L This policy permits low-rise apartments adjacent
to arterial roads. Please add Stacked
Townhouses as a permitted use adjacent to
arterial roads.
Section 4.5.5: Low Density Residential
Maximum height in Low
Density Residential is 3. See
L The maximum building height should be
note above.
increased to 4 storeys for uses adjacent to
arterial roads, per comment No.9.
27
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Section 7.3.4: Schools
No change made. The policy
❑ Please delete this clause. This policy is not an
only implies that the
municipality be given the right
appropriate in a secondary plan context. There is
of first refusal for acquiring the
a standard legal protocol for dealing with lands
property its market value.
that the school board is no longer looking to
acquire. In addition, should the Municipality wish
to purchase the land, they would need to submit
an offer that would need to be accepted by the
Southeast Courtice Landowners Group. The
terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement with
the School Board cannot be applied to the
Municipality.
Section 7.3.6: Schools
7.3.6 revised to promote
potential joint use.
❑ This policy should note that where
Neighbourhood Parks are located for joint use
with schools the individual area for each use may
be reduced notwithstanding the SP and OP policy
requirements. While it may be desirable for
school boards to incorporate recreational and
athletic facilities on their property, a secondary
plan cannot dictate how school board should use
their lands (ie design recreational and athletic
uses into their site), other than for educational
purposes. This policy should be removed.
Section 7.2: Parks
Privately owned publicly
accessible spaces (POPS) are
not eligible to be counted as
m
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Fi Please confirm and clarify if the provisions of
parkland dedication
Parkettes and public squares is eligible for
contributions.
parkland dedication contributions.
Parkettes are eligible for
parkland dedication
Section 7.2.5: Parks
A) These size categories were
A) There is no provision for a park size that falls
drawn from the Official Plan.
between 1 ha and 1.5 ha in size. Why?
C) Public square/plaza has
been removed as a public park
category (therefore also
C) Per Comment No. 23, please confirm if Public
reference to size).
Squares will apply towards Parkland
obligations/contributions and clarify if the Municipality
will be paying for and constructing Public Squares? It is
Policies clarified to indicate
very costly to construct and maintain public squares,
that plazas/public squares are
especially with the proposed size of 1 hectare.
not eligible to count toward
parkland dedication.
Section 7.2: Parks
No change made. 7.2.6
establishes that they will be
F Please revise the policy to note that the
dedicated as per the OP,which
dedication of lands for parks should be in
would have to be
accordance with the provisions of the Planning
brought into conformity with
Act. As Official Plans do not always conform with
provincial legislation and
the Planning Act due to not being updated to
regulations.
29
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
conform with amendments to the PA, reference
should be made to the PA. Please revise.
Section 4.6.9: Parks
Municipality determined that
there is not need for a policy
❑ Please include language that would allow for
on strata parks in the Courticecontext.
strata parks or parks on privately owned Lands
(POPS).
POPS are publicly accessible
spaces that remain in private
ownership - they are not public
parks.
Section 7.2.9: Parks
No change made.
L In the past, where parks abutted an EPA, the
park served as a buffer. Now, a buffer must be
VPZ can not be used for parks
provided between the EPA and the park. This is
or count toward parkland
not an efficient use of land, and further
dedication requirements.
consideration should be given to reduced buffer
requirements where an EPA adjoins a municipal
open space facility (i.e. park, stormwater
management pond, etc).
Section 6.3: Environmental Protection Area
OP policies apply.
F The policies should allow for parks and
stormwater ponds to abut EPAs and therefore
New policy addressing VPZ
replace any VPZ buffer requirements. The
6.4.5.
policies should also note that VPZ buffers are
also determined through scoped EISs.
30
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Section 4.8: Environmental Constraints Overlay
The boundary of the
environmental study area was
The environmental study area boundary should
established through the
reflect the boundary in the approved Terms of
Subwatershed study.
Reference.
Section 6.4.2: Environmental Constraints Overlay
No change made.
u , CfflI-I GGW-12 RIS -P DEn
EH FUIH SR FR(.J LFDC RUKFG-6I og i cal
SWS has determined that
��� EL
they have potential, not that
they
they may have potential.
Section 5.2.17: General
New policy 5.2.17 which
softens the language regarding
F This policy requires compliance to the UDG. It
the U D S G .
\4<R QREHLJHIIVI-IGAR-HGFFZID►J H1tRP SMGFH�
UDG are guidelines only and they should not
become policies.
The UDSG shall be used as
guidance in the interpretation
and implementation of the
Plan's policies.
Section 5.3.4: Development within Regional Corridors
No change. Likely only to be
-ZUGVWG[:DP
used for tall buildings and at
❑ 7KUSRQF DOH-
the Municipality's discretion.
UHT-L HGJ_RUS LHOSP FiC -I[5 HJ LRC OO]
Corridors. The need for a wind study is not
applicable in Courtice and likely will not be
required - kindly remove reference.
31
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Section 5.3.16: Development within RC Parking,
Where applicable added to
/ F4QJ �:[] 6 \UIFVS[LW-
5.3.16.
❑ This policy mandates that garbage and recycling
I DF=VWEHEEKl UNC_Z MODEAM ❑
HCEHOSH❑❑this may not be applicable for all
forms of development along the RC, as such, the
SR([FOVq- I B-�R❑LDJ HEMN UM-Z KHLH❑
DSSQFDE®ILI please add words.
Section 5.4.1: Development within Low Density
These policies have been
Residential Designation
changed to reflect design
objectives, rather than
❑ Please remove this section entirely as it should
establish numerical standards
be referenced in the Zoning By-law and not the
Secondary Plan. Comments regarding the
standards proposed will be provided as part of
the ZBL review. But in general, the policies of
concern include rear lanes for lots less than 12.0
m; 50% soft landscaping should be tested
particularly in relation to townhouses; garages
flush to front walls and maximum 6 attached
townhouses (should be 8 townhouses). Many of
these policies should be part of the Urban Design
Guidelines and the Zoning Bylaw.
Section 5.4.2.: Development within LDR
No change.
❑ Please revise the language to note that individual
site access for any permitted residential use
The current language
DC�,11DF �LVdJEX5 RDGJHCHLD H❑
establishes the standard, while
32
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
HQ=R LDJ HQ_II-I_HU/❑VV0-lLFLiL FlQMQJ J11 H❑
allowing for it to be
A H[SRF MVJG❑I]
reconsidered in exceptional
circumstances.
Section 5.5: Transition
5.5.1 applies to existing uses,
not planned uses.
❑ Any transitional buffer should not be required
from the residential lands or from parcels within
the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan. Abiding
5.5.2 has been added that
by MDS for Agricultural lands that are OUTSIDE
requires some buffer to
of the Secondary Plan Area is a reasonable
employment areas, even
requirement, however, any transition from
undeveloped, to ensure long -
employment lands e.g. the Courtice Employment
term compatibility.
lands shall be the requirement of the employment
land and NOT the residential land ❑ please
revise.
Section 5.6.1: Private Amenities
The policy has been simplified.
❑ This policy requires the provision of indoor and
outdoor amenities. This would be problematic for
townhouse developments and small apartment
buildings, which are permitted uses. Kindly
remove the policy.
Section 10: Housing
Policies in Section 10.2
❑ For the purposes of making accessory buildings
more feasible, the need for one additional parking
Reduction of parking
space should be relaxed and removed from the
requirements for accessory
secondary plan. This form requirement should be
in the zoning by-law, which can potentially be
33
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
amended through a minor variance (if applicable)
apartments may be
versus requiring an amendment to the Official
considered.
Plan ❑ please revise.
Section 9: General
The Transportation section has
been expanded and references
F The ROW widths for each road/street category
back to the OP have been
requires review to ensure conformity with current
included.
Region of Durham OP ROW requirements and
Clarington OP ROW requirements.
Section 9: Road Network
The Transportation section has
been expanded. Multiway and
The LOG has major concerns with proposed
standard Arterial Guidance is
ROWs as illustrated in UDGs. Please confirm if
provided.
the Region is supporting the 45.0 m ROW as it is
in conflict to the current OP and Regional TMP.
Please note that Regional Staff have confirmed in
ROW is 40m.
writing that they only need 36.0 m ROW. Please
revise this policy. The need to extend the ROW
along the Regional Corridor beyond 36m is not
required per the Region, and adding a local
component Is not appropriate for Courtice,
considering the nature of the development
(predominantly residential) along the corridor.
The SP Area is also small and increasing the
ROW would impact the economic feasibility of the
sites.
Section 9: Road Network
This policy provides key
objectives to achieve the
balance of function with
01
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
❑ This policy deal with the development of Region
establishing and maintaining
Roads. Given that Regional Road are under the
an inviting sense of comfort
jurisdiction of the Region of Durham, this policy
and place within the Regional
M<RD REHILIFP Rd-IG-RllL1HFM-lG1 -LHH iCFHFU
Corridor. Wording is revised.
FROJEGU&MZ IWVg -ii5 HJ LRCfR i� EL KDP L
Section 9.6.1: Local Roads
The wording of the policy
allows for the accommodation
L 3 M\/HZGGEIZ 14-LIHMSEDE®IEID-2 KF WIDCEH❑
of geographic a n d
DFFRP P R��I-I+iCGR A N/[SR4Fm
environmental constraints
while establishing and
maintaining the permanence of
an accessible grid in keeping
with the complete streets and
active transportation objectives
of this plan.
Section 9.6 Local Roads
Reference to a specific block
length removed.
- This policy regarding maximum block length
should be removed or revised to note that blocks
DIIHII HCFR U)J HGVRJCR/EH-J UUMMM ❑EP
HC(DWAMDO❑❑EP ❑ELkN 2 7 ❑
mandating the maximum length of 200m as that
would result in very small blocks and frequent
roads, which is no efficient use of land in a
secondary plan area the size of SECSP.
Section 9.6.2 Local Roads
Shall have regard is an
appropriate term as it
establishes the UDSG as the
35
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
❑ Please revise this policy to remove the word
point of reference for what
A4<D DM1WQFH2L1,P6DWIHCFR lD.JHG-TF
local roads are to achieve,
without requiring that the
guidance is followed to the
letter.
Section 9.6.4: Local Roads
Sidewalks on both sides of the
street are an important gesture
L Collector and Local Road ROWs are too wide
to the supporting andprioritizing
and should have option for sidewalk on only one
pedestrian
side. Requirements for on street parking and
movement.
bike lanes is also a problem with increased ROW.
There may be instances where a Local Road only
warrants a sidewalk on one side of the street. The
fiCFRLLDJF-IGIDGGA"RRUm
policy must be revised to reflect this situation.
Rear Public Lanes
The Secondary Plan does not
address maintenance of rear
F Please confirm that Public Rear Lands are to be
lanes.
maintained by the Municipality.
Section 9.8.4e: Public Transit
Change made using "where
feasible".
L Transit waiting areas incorporated into buildings
s h o u l d n of EHIP DC IJ-E-WHCFR-]U J HG-L-
please revise.
Section 9.9.8: Integration of Pedestrian Routes
Encouraging native plantings is
-Z
an important part of the
F 5 HP R-HV9 RLG-SUP DU0 UDV9HTLI`N%4-�H[1I]
landscape approach of theplan.
where it speaks to native plantings.
0
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Section 11.2.1: Infrastructure and Utilities
Should provides an adequate
degree of flexibility in achieving
❑ 3M\/H UH6®FHVOHILZRLGA4<R-G❑LCVM+iCGRl49H
the intent of the policy.
IaVVVI-K HMI[]❑ dAD[-LEHCFR❑IIDU HGEARIEW
incorporated
No change.
Section 11.3: Stormwater Management and LID
Policy has been revised to
remove the numeric standard
A secondary plan document is not the appropriate
while preserving intent.
place to specify the depth of topsoil to be used.
This must be removed.
Section 11.4: Urban Forest and Native Plantings
Policy 11.4.1 revised to
substitute "minimize" for
These policies are not applicable in greenfield
"reduce".
development. It is also not consistent with the
native species reference.
Section 11.4.4: Urban Forest and Native Plantings
This policy establishes the
goals of landscaping in private
❑ Landscape plans do not address environmental
development.
matters to the extent referenced in this policy. Is
this referencing condominium blocks as plan of
subdivision must meet municipal design criteria
for street tree planting etc. Kindly confirm.
Section 11.4: Urban Forest and Native Plantings
Reference to numeric
standards removed.
❑ This should not be a secondary plan policy.
Should the municipality change their objectives
for tree inventory then the secondary plan must
be amended. This is likely not desirable from the
0 C 1FLSDMNVSH J/SFFWH❑
37
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
Section 12.1.1: Environmental Study Area
No change made.
❑ The Study Area should be reduced in size as per
the Groups earlier submission.
Section 12.1.3: Environmental Study Area
No change made.
Please refine the boundary of the Study Area and
apply this policy which limits development to
exiting uses, to lands within the boundary only.
FT1' ' 111�P SOP H
Addition made Section 12.3.13
❑ Please add language to the Secondary Plan that
reference the need to satisfy obligations under
Cost Sharing Agreement, as identified in Section
23.17.8 of the Clarington Official Plan:
Schedule A & B General:
Environmental Constraints is
an overlay on an underlying
❑ If Schedules A and B are identifying
designation which triggers the
I Q-U;CP HQDMRQAWQV-DV-DMQGT1vH, then
need for further analysis.
associated policies should be contained in the
Secondary Plan. If it is not a land use then what
significance does illustrated Environmental
No change made
Constraints have on development?
& RQAG U F1 Ml LQJ iAM Q-NFLUSMC2V�Ll2 SHC-
6 SDFH1111
Schedule A & B ❑ General:
First sentence - policies do
this.
As with Parks and schools, SWM pond locations
should be noted in SP that the final location and
IM.
Attachment 3 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name (contact)
Date
size will be determined through the development
approval stages of individual applications.
Notation made on schedules.
Policies should also state that ponds could be
located outside of the Secondary Plan if deemed
acceptable by the Municipality
Schedule A & B General:
Comment 1: The school south
of Bloor Street has been
F Please see attached Red -lined Schedule A with
located to be central to the
proposed Changes to two school sites.
neighbourhood within the SEC
Secondary Plan Area.
No changes made to the
school site north of Bloor
Street west of Trulls Road.
Schedule B:
References remain.
F- Schedule B should remove all reference to
These are as per the policies
bicycle lanes associated with road classifications.
contained within the plan.
The ultimate design of the roads will be
determined by the Region and the Municipality at
the individual development application stage.
39
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Attachment 4
Agency Comment Summary Table
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Canada Post (Andrew
No objections. Please note that all new
No implications for SP.
Chong)
subdivisions & site plans are to be serviced via
Community Mailboxes and any condominiums or
June 9, 2020
apartments with more than 100 units must rear
loading mail panels.
Bell Canada []Planning &
No objections. Offered policy modifications (word
Southeast Courtice Secondary
Development (Meaghan
changes underlined below:
Plan ❑ Draft Changes made
Palynchuk)
❑ Word change to Section 5.2.16 - Parking,
Loading and Mechanical Structures:
Other Comments Noted.
June 19, 2020
"5.2.17 All major rooftop mechanical structures
or fixtures including satellite dishes
communications antenna, suitably screened
and integrated with the building, where feasible.
Parapets may be utilized to accommodate such
screening."
o Word change to Section 8.2.1 - Infrastructure &
Utilities:
"11.2.1 Telecommunications/communications
utilities, electrical stations or substations,
mailboxes or super mailboxes and similar
facilities should be incorporated and built into
architectural and landscaping features. Where
feasible, these shall be compatible with the
appearance of adjacent uses and include anti -
graffiti initiatives.
o Additional Query:
If possible, could we obtain the proposed land
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
use plan in a .shp file (or any applicable GIS
files)? This will assist in our internal analysis of
this area.
o Future Involvement:
We would like to thank you again for the
opportunity to participate in the Secondary
Plan process and provide comments for your
consideration.
Central Lake Ontario
Secondary Plan Policy Comments
Section 2.2.4:
"enhances" added
Conservation Authority
CLOCA is supportive of this objective,
June 19, 2020
suggest DOC-QJ ❑T1 LQD FP DOD-J JZ KLFK❑
preserves and strengthens its ecological
ON LIM L ❑
Section 3.1 /3.3:
9.3.5 promotes Green
CLOCA encourages the secondary plan to
Infrastructure in ROW.
design the road networks to incorporate
LIDs within the road right of ways.
Section 3.5.1:
Section 3.4 and 11
Stormwater management features may
Policy now refers to SW ponds
require separate objectives than the Park
rather than facilities. The
and Open Space System objectives. SWM
purpose of their inclusion here
features may not always be feasible to be
is to indicate that, where
integrated into the Parks and adjacent to
appropriate, some SWM ponds
open space. For example, LID features
can be incorporated into the
designed as part of the stormwater
Parks and Open Space
management scheme in developments or
System. "Where appropriate,"
within road allowances may not be
has been added to the
considered part of the park or open space
beginning of the policy to
system.
better communicate that point.
A more comprehensive set of
policies pertaining to
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
stormwater appear in Section
11
Section 3.5.1:
"Associated areas" are
The term "associated areas" should be
described in 6.3.2 as areas
clarified. Is this referring to Vegetation
that "support their ecological
Protection Zones?
integrity and include vegetation
protection zones and other
natural heritage areas.
Section 3.5.2:
This has been added to policy
The EPA should also include hazard lands
6.3.2.
associated with valley systems, including
slope and erosion hazards.
Section 3.5.4:
Policy 3.4.6 addresses the
Although the EP area may serve as the
issue of parks in the NHS and
backbone, it will need to be ensured that
VPZ.
parks must be located beyond the NHS and
Policies on trails addressing
VPZ's. Trails within the NHS should be
concerns raised here have
minimized and located outside of the NHS
been added to the Integration
where possible. Trails may be permitted
and Quality of Active
within the VPZ's. Creek crossings should be
Transportation Routes Section
minimized to the extent possible.
(Sections 9.9.9 to 9.9.17)
Section 4.6:
Policies have been clarified
There does not appear to be any policy
and added in Section 9.9 as
direction related to trail construction. It is
noted above.
recommended that trails be located outside
of the NHS or within the outer edge of the
buffer to the NHS with limited connections
bisecting the NHS and limited creek
crossings in order to promote the
preservation and protect the ecological
integrity and function of the features
comprising the NHS.
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Section 4.6.10:
"under the Planning Act"
Suggest rewording the last sentence to read
added. Now Section 6.3.5
similar to policy 4.7.4.
Section 4.7.1:
This has been added to policy
EPA areas also include hazard lands
6.3.2.
associated with the valley systems including
slope and erosion hazards as well as
associated VPZ's and setbacks.
Section 4.7.3:
Change made. Now Policy
Suggest rewording to ensure that it is the
6.3.4
boundary of the EPA that is approximate
and will be precisely delineated through
further study during the development
application process.
Section 4.7.4:
"encourage" replaced with
Suggest replacing "encourage" with
"may require". In Policy 6.3.5
"require" the conveyance of EP areas to
the Municipality, where appropriate, in order
to strengthen this policy.
Section 4.8.3:
The portion of this policy being
Policy 3.4.13 of the Clarington Official Plan
referred to has been removed,
does not allow for development to be
leaving reference in the
approved where there is an identified
remainder of the policy to the
negative impact the natural heritage system.
policies of the Clarington
Official Plan. Section 6.4
Section 4.8.3:
No change made. The policies
The study must first determine the features
of the parent OP apply. In this
and functions present on the site and the
instance in the SP, the policies
features and appropriate vegetation
are describing the role of the
protection zones to be preserved and
EIS in addressing the
protected in their natural state.
Environmental Constraints
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Overlay - a condition that isn't
addressed in main OP.
Section 4.8.4:
Policy included. See:
The moderate constraint areas identified
"Mitigation measures may be
within the SWS have been included in the
recommended to offset
NHS. It is recommended that policy be
impacts". Policy 6.4.4
included to ensure a no net loss of natural
heritage system or natural cover.
Section 4.8.5:
No change made to 6.4.7
❑ Suggest replacing "encourage" with
"require" the low constraint areas to be
incorporated into the site -level plans, where
appropriate in order to strengthen this
policy.
Section 4.8.6:
Policy has been included and
It is recommended that more specific
additional policy direction may
policies be included to implement the
emerge from the SWS that can
objectives of the secondary plan and the
be incorporated into policy.
recommendations of the of the SWS, such
as but not limited to addressing headwater
drainage feature management
requirements. We recognize that policy has
been included for HDF's identified as
"conservation". HDF's assessed as
"mitigation" should also be included.
Section 4.8:
These studies assess the
It is recommended that a policy be included
impact on the "natural heritage
to require the feature identified as an
system" and its "ecological and
Overlay to be studied as a whole and part of
hydrological functions", rather
the system where the feature exists on
than just the feature. No
multiple properties.
change made.
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Section 7:
LID consideration provided in
It is recommended that policy be included
Section 11.3.
for investigation of LID measures to be
incorporated into the design of the road
network to provide for treatment of
stormwater runoff generated by the road.
Reference should be made to the Green
Streets within the Urban Design Guidelines.
Section 8.3.2:
Change made to Section
Recommend including the following items:
11.3.3
Grading Plans, Geotechnical Report,
Hydrogeologic Report.
Section 8.3.2:
Change made to Section
Recommend including provision for "other
11.3.3
technical reports as deemed necessary/as
required".
Section 8.4:
Change made to Section
Recommend that the objective could
11.4.5
reference aiming to achieve Environment
Canada's target for woodland cover of 30%
as a watershed wide goal to support
ecosystem health. This is referenced within
the Subwatershed Study (4.2.4).
Section 10.1.3:
Change made to Section
Suggest including ".shall be limited to
12.1.3
existing lawful / permitted uses."
Mapping []Schedule B
Schedule B:
Through further steps in the
❑ Farmingham Drive at the 'S' bend at the
planning process, there will be
very north section will require further review
additional study to review and
as there are features present in the vicinity
assess alternative designs for
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
that have been identified within the SWS as
the configuration of the subject
high constraints
collector roads in order to
optimize the balance of
benefits and impacts, identify
mitigative strategies for any
impacts, and also to identify
commitments for future studies
or work.
Schedule B:
This will be included in the
The future alignment of the Meadowglade
future phases of the EA.
Road extension will require further study
and review to ensure minimal environmental
impacts to features and functions as well as
ensure no impacts to flood levels.
Schedule B:
This will be included in the
In general, future road alignments will
future phases of the EA.
require further study and review to ensure
minimal environmental impacts to features
and functions as well as ensure no impacts
to flood levels.
Schedule B:
Policy added requiring an EIS
The trail network should be minimized within
to determine trail location
the EPA area. Trails should be directed to
(Policy 9.9.15)
the VPZ where possible. Crossing of the
NHS and creeks should be limited. The road
crossings should be utilized for trail
crossings where feasible.
Region of Durham
General Comments
General Comments Pertaining to all Secondary
The Secondary Plan and
June 22, 2020
Plans in Process: Consistency between Plans
UDSG were restructured.
To help Staff, agencies and the public easily read
through each completed Secondary Plan, consider
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
creating a Secondary Plan template, and identify
policies that are common to each secondary plan,
so that the Plans are laid out similarly; and ensure
the schedules appended to each Secondary Plan
follow a consistent order, as some have multiple
schedules while others only have a few.
Also consider identifying general urban design
guidelines that would apply across each land use
type, and across arterial, collector, or local road
types - to help reduce any duplication while
highlighting the unique differences of each
community.
General Comments Pertaining to all Secondary
The Secondary Plan
Plans in Process: Regional Servicing
implemented the policies of the
Regional Servicing is an integral part of the
Durham ROP and Clarington
G-IEHUSP HCMU;FHW-7KH-5 HJLRCM
OP to arrive at projected
services are planned sequentially, using
growth figures.
approved growth forecasts, which in turn
becomes the basis to inform capital
priorities for the Region. This section
provides greater detail on how servicing is
determined to help further the
understanding of this component to the
overall development process.
First, it is critical that the growth forecasts in
V9HH-5 HJ IRC] HEHOSP HOM KDIJI H" & -H7
Background Study be used, with the
knowledge that the timing of infrastructure is
dependent on achieving the growth
forecasts included in the DC study. The
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
5 F-U EQVI'Yc❑GJ F-WDQC3-) RLFFD\ V-S Hi
the forecasts within the DC Study as they
reflect, among other things, the actual
growth to -date rather than the forecasted
growth. Therefore, it is necessary to refer to
M-5 F LI LRQVL'Yo❑GJ M10lDQG[) R _FFD,W2 MCU
reviewing current project status, rather than
strictly relying on the estimated timeframes
in the DC Study alone.
Further, it is important to note that only the
F LUIQN_FULMLF❑GJ MAVLDSSU?�_ C I❑
5 F U IRVC9/cEGJ RVDM)11 FDMGW'p KW -
The forecasts are estimates which are
reviewed annually as demands and
resources are required, and as such do not
form firm commitments.
Regional Official Plan Amendment
Noted. Region of Durham
It should be noted the Region of Durham is
amendment complete. No
undertaking a Regional Official Plan
changes needed to secondary
Amendment process to permit residential,
plan.
commercial, home -based occupation uses,
parks, schools and community facilities
within the area bounded by Bloor Street to
the north, Courtice Road to the east, a
future midblock collector road to the south
and the Major Open Space designation to
the west.
General Comments: Functional Servicing and
An update to the Functional
Background
Servicing report has been
provided to the Region for their
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
To date, no details regarding the proposed
review. See comments in the
servicing for the Southeast Courtice
staff report.
Secondary Plan Area have been provided
beyond the planned projects identified in the
Development Charge Background Study.
: I4ML5 HJ LEQVLLW EHV%G
changes to the Existing Conditions
Background Report have been made, a
Functional Servicing Report is still required.
This will ensure that the proposed servicing
for the area is adequately assessed and is
viable for the land uses proposed. Please
note that revisions to the Land Use Plan
may be required based on the findings of
the report. Please submit a Functional
S e ry LFLQJ -5 HSRLWRUVO+5 HJ IRC"ELHZ ❑
and comment as soon as possible. The
Region will not be in a position to comment
on the draft land use plan until a Functional
Servicing Report is submitted to the
5 HJ 11 �► l DFVFQ-
Policy has been included to not
Lastly, it is noted that laneways are being
permit regional services within
proposed throughout the Secondary Plan.
a lanes or multiway service
The Region will not accept Region -owned
lanes.
watermains or sanitary sewers within lanes
or multi -way service lanes.
General Comment. Transportation Impact Study
update to the Transportation
A detailed Transportation Impact Study is required
Report is ongoing. See
IRUML51-U11 ILIVIAL-1Z [ESURLNVIEHQJMISRVURCE]
comments in the staff report.
to comment comprehensively on this Plan.
10
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Currently, the Transportation Report is included as
a supporting document to the Draft Secondary
Plan as an appendix in the Final Technical
Summary Report. This report does not provide
enough technical information to support a fulsome
review of the proposed Secondary Plan, including
the road network.
Secondary Plan Policy Comments
3.1.2 / Regional Corridor
Policy 3.1.3 has been changed
Suggest that low density permissions not be
to read: "Regional Corridors
included, consistent with policy 3.1.2 which
shall achieve an overall density
requires the highest densities along
of 85 units per net hectare."
Regional Corridors, so the policy reads,
-miFi 1 5 HJ L C GHFD
mix of tow-, mid- and high -density buildings
that achieves an overall density of 85 units
per net hectare.
3.1.2 / Regional Corridor
Noted. The Multi -Way policies
The 5 HJ LRQVU4T U P HGM RUDFFHW-
have been clarified to address
spacing and access control along Regional
these concerns.
Corridors will need to be followed to ensure
that Corridors continue to operate as arterial
roads and can accommodate transportation
demands effectively, including expected
increase in transit use.
3.2.4 / Prominent Intersections
Prominent Intersection policies
Suggest that policy 3.2.4 is moved under
are in Section 3.2 and have
policy 3.2.1 as it identifies what prominent
been expanded.
intersections are and their role in the overall
plan.
11
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
3.3 / Urban Residential
The purpose of the Community
Suggest that the policies in this section be
Structure section is to provide
P RLHGAVLDLu HCFUXB RQF
a picture of how its
I RZ �] HCMV/-5 A*+M❑
components come together to
policies apply to this designation, while the
create the whole and provide
title Urban Residential does not relate to
some detail on the role each
any of the land use designations within the
plays. Urban Residential
Secondary Plan.
corresponds to the name of a
designation within the parent
OP. Policy equates Urban
Residential policies to the
areas shown as Low Rise
Residential on Schedule A.
3.5 / Gateways
Location and treatment (limited
Li This policy section should be expanded to
to landscaping) of gateways
identify what it means to be within the
are addressed in policy 3.5.1.
Eii OK ISR(IFEVCR_I
detail the built form and landscape features.
It would also be beneficial to include a
T DhE D-- - P EFU;Q [t D0 8 Wo
Schedule to identify where these policies
apply within the Secondary Plan area.
4.2.2 / High Density/Mixed Use Permitted Uses
As included in policy 4.3.3,
As a suggestion, professional office,
"retail and services" are
medical offices, and service commercial
permitted which would include
uses (i.e. travel agent, and hair salon) may
service commercial uses.
be appropriate to be added to this list of
Professional office and medical
permitted uses, as these offices are
office uses have been added
generally destinations, which will bring
to 4.3.3. This will be reflected
continuous clientele to the area, that may
in the ZBL.
stay and shop elsewhere after their
appointments.
12
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
4.2 / High Density/Mixed Use Permitted Uses
Policy 3.1.3 establishes that
There are currently no density provisions
Regional Corridors shall
associated with the High Density/Mixed Use
achieve an overall density of
land use category. Please ensure that
85 units per net hectare. This
minimum densities are applied and
policy combined with the built
circulated for our review and comment.
form policies give adequate
direction without resorting to
including an FSI in the policies.
4.2.6 / High Density/Mixed Use Permitted Uses
Policies have been amended
❑ As a suggestion, this policy could be moved
for clarity. See section 4.3
to the Community Structure section to help
Low density built form is not
develop the overall vision for this area. This
permitted.
policy under the High Density/Mixed Use
policies seems to allude to permission for
lower density housing forms within the HDR.
4.3 / Medium Density Residential Permitted Uses
Building height range (3-6) and
❑ There are currently no density provisions
minimum density targets
associated with the High Density/Mixed Use
(60unh) are provided in section
land use category. Please ensure that
4.3
minimum densities are applied and
circulated for our review and comment.
4.3.7 / Medium Density Residential Permitted Uses
Policy 4.3.8 deleted.
Delete policy number 4.3.8 and move the
sentence to the end of 4.3.7 to complete the
sentence.
4.3.11 / Medium Density ❑ Height and Density
A general policy (4.2.5) has
&KDQJH[iiLZ OGI[jfE
been added to address unit
this policy, so it reads,
sizes.
���❑❑1 F Z IG-IEHOSP FQ*ithin this
13
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
designation shall G^�er include a range
of unit sizes within multiple-❑CWE LMV❑l
4.4.3 / Low Density Residential Permitted Uses
Higher Density units are no
It is suggested that the Low Density
longer permitted along Trulls
Residential (LDR) along arterial roads be re-
Road within the Low Density
designated as Medium Density Residential
Designation.
(MDR) to reduce confusion and eliminate
the possibility of LDR being built along
arterial roads.
Schools. Suggest renaming this section
Change made. Section 7.3 is
®P KM" FKRRm' WEHFRCMWJCW L KAKH❑
now Elementary Schools.
FKI-IG❑®IiTiiIii
Facilities section.
4.6.10 / Parks
Policies 7.2.10 and 7.2.11
❑ It is suggested for clarification that
Added for clarity.
stormwater management ponds be
excluded from park land dedication.
4.7.2 / Environmental Protection Area
Change made. Policy 6.2.1
❑ Suggest that this policy is reworded so the
reader understands that the sections being
referred to are from the parent Official Plan.
5.1.3 / Urban Design ❑ General
"Access to transit" added to
Li Suggest adding the following words to the
Policy 5.2.4
end of this policy,
❑❑iiiiiiiin d UGCHE RL04R A&U+NO%DQCE
associated blocks shall serve to integrate
and link high, medium and low -density
areas into a unified urban fabric. This highly
connected network of streets shall be
supplemented by mid -block connections
and trails to further enhance the pedestrian
14
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
permeability of the area and the efficiency
and variety of pedestrian routes connecting
to nearby transit stops T
5.1.6 / Urban Design ❑ General
Change made to Policy 5.2.8.
6 ❑J J HOAN3ANHLZ RL G-SHa-KA DQ_ be
added to this policy for clarity, so it reads,
EiiiTTIn/ KH-SLIP WiRU K A RQ-R J£-LM V❑
and the location of main pedestrian
entrances shall be on a public street.
Reverse frontage development generally
shall not be permitted within the Secondary
Plan Area.
5.2 / Development within Regional Corridors
Policy 5.3.1 is clear that these
It is suggested that the Regional Corridors
policies apply to the High
I RLP DQ_R_HISDTRQ_6 FKHGL(MM AR_D_RISI_I
Density/Mixed Use a n d
confusion with the implementing policies.
Medium Density Residential
designations. No changes to
SP.
5.2.6 / Development within Regional Corridors -1
Policy 5.2.8 directs main
Public Realm and Connections
entrances to the public street.
Suggest adding the following words to the
end of this policy,
Policy 5.2.4 addresses access
to transit
LIITT� HA-IOSP ent shall be oriented toward
the Regional Corridor with the main
pedestrian entrances and animating uses
facing the street to activate the public realm
and enhance the pedestrian environment
for the local residents and transit
customerslT
15
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
5.2.10 / Development within Regional Corridors ❑
It is a general aspirational
Public Realm and Connections
policy. It's really about the
Clarification is requested. The Region is
importance of linkages to the
unsure what the intent of this policy is, and
parks and open space system.
how it will be accomplished.
5.3 / Development within Low Density Residential
This was addressed as part of
Designation
the restructuring of the
As a suggestion, it may be beneficial to
document.
move the urban design policies right after
the land use permissions for each land use
designation, so the reader can view all the
required information in one place.
5.4.3 / Transition
Change made. Province used
Modify this policy slightly to ensure the
in lieu of MECP to protect
requirements of the Ministry of Environment,
against future ministry name
Conservation and Parks (MECP) are
changes. Policy 5.5.3
explicitly required.
5.5.2 / Private Amenities
Change made. Policy 5.6.2
❑ 6 ❑J J I-fMM iLZ FUmSHGl-MUDQHEH❑
inserted into this policy.
7.2 / Road Network
Change made. Policy 9.3.2
The policies in this section should be
clarified noting that the precise public right-
of-way widths and alignments for Arterial
and Collector Roads within the Secondary
Plan Area under the Municipality of
Clarington's jurisdiction shall be determined
through Phases 3 and 4 of the South
Courtice Municipal Class Environmental
Assessment.
7.2.5 c) / Road Network
Change made. Policy 9.4.2 c)
16
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Suggest adding the following words to the
end of this policy,
-& lHC WZQZkMUF\NHFF-L EDQTRll XRE KLFK-1
functions as a successful public place, a
community focal point, as well as a safe and
comfortable environment for active
transportation and access to transit
7.2.2 / Road Network
The Secondary Plan policies
❑ ❑SlJl22 _iIDIVCFOG-GZR-aQIM❑
do not include specific ROW
indicate that the right of way widths would
widths but indicate that roads
follow policy 7.2.2. This draft does not
shall be designed in
include the right of way widths. Please
accordance with the road
include and circulate for further comment.
classification criteria in
Appendix C, Table C-2 of the
Clarington Official Plan.
7.2.5 / Road Network
The ROW width of the Multi-
- The multi -way right-of-way should be
Way will be determined
included in the right-of-way policies or chart
through further design and
as described in the comment above.
therefore is not included in the
Secondary Plan policies.
7.5.1 / Public Transit
Change made. Policy 9.8.2
The Region suggests that existing policy
7.5.1 be rewritten as follows:
7.5.1 The IVI ininipality in Genii inntion With
the Region of Durham, shell integrate
rrr
Southeast Goi irtine into the regienal b4G
p
transportation system
The Municipality shall ensure that transit
facilities are integrated early and
17
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
appropriately throughout Southeast Courtice
by including Durham Region Transit in all
development pre -application meetings, and
ensuring that transit requirements are
addressed through municipal capital works
and private development applications.
7.6.3 / Integration of Pedestrian Routes
No changes made to SP.
❑ Currently this policy includes two separate
thoughts, the tree canopy for local and
collector roads, and the co -location of
utilities. The co -location of utilities should
become its own policy either in this section,
or it should be interwoven with the roads
policies.
8.3.3 / Servicing, Infrastructure and Environmental
Change made. Policy 11.3.4
Performance
❑ Delete the worGER❑1fl[M1SR(F118.3.3
10.1.4 / Environmental Study Area
Change made. Policy 12.1.4
❑ & IDQJ H[g-iiZ RU1iMVdGAWR RGIHa [ -I
policy reads,
9.1.4 Following the completion of the
required study, an amendment to this plan
may be brought forward to allow for the
Environmental Study Area to be l;f
modified as deemed appropriate by the
study.
10.1.5 / Environmental Study Area
Change made. Policy 12.1.5
❑ & KDQJ HAWLZ AANCE:1
DLIVDEA RBAM),V
W;
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
EIIIIIIIIII❑7KHI 1RGIQJ[Wo law shall be amended
as appropriate following the completion of
the required study to implement new land
use permissions for this areathe study
area.
Mapping ❑ Schedules:
1. Addressed in UDSG. A
Draft Land Use Schedule:
backyard separation with a
buffer and other mitigation
1. Clarification is required as the midblock
measures was deemed the
arterial road which was originally the dividing line
preferred way of dealing with
between the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan
this transition, with other
and the lands to the south has been moved farther
options described if this
north in the latest draft. This leaves Urban
approach is not feasible.
Residential uses abutting employment lands. The
lands to the south are currently designated
� P SW P HCW IN-DVC)V&i-5 HJ LEA I I LFLDCB GDE
DQGM QM 1RQV2 I I LFLDCB QDDJ t is con ce rn i ng
that this road has been shifted, as it would have
provided a partial buffer between the residential
and employment uses.
2. A community structure map
is not included as a schedule
2. The Regional Corridor should be shown as an
and putting additional overlays
R_Hlt LRQ_f FKHG_i®I� IF,] ARZML\ RQ-Z WME
would muddle Schedule A.
implementing policies.
However, the text of the
Secondary Plan is clear that
3. The transition policies in section 5.4 will need
the Regional Corridor policies
to be strongly enforced to ensure that the
pertain to the Medium Density
appropriate studies are completed, and setbacks
Residential and High
are adhered to, to safeguard against a clash of
Density/Mixed Use
incompatible uses in this area.
designations.
19
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
3. Agree
Kawartha Pine Ridge
Support the proposed location of three elementary
Showing a 4th school site
District School Board
school sites within the Southeast Courtice
determined not to be required.
(KPRDSB)
Secondary Plan Area. Requests that two of the
Policies exist in the plan that
July 8, 2020
three elementary school sites be designated to the
allows for additional school
KPRDSB - specifically the site in the southwest
sites to be added. Section 7.3
part of the plan (east of Granville Drive and north
of Bloor Street) and the site in the northeast part of
the plan (east of Courtice Rad and north of
Comment regarding lands for a
Meadowglade Road).
Secondary School site have
been forwarded to the
Will monitor development activity in and around the
CEL/MTSA Secondary Plan
SECSP Area to determine if additional school sites
team.
may be required. Interested in lands south of the
Secondary Plan Area which is ideal for an
additional elementary school and secondary
school in the future.
PVNCCDSB (Kevin
Request to consider adding a Catholic Secondary
See response to
Hickey)
School site, south of Bloor Street, to be the fourth
KRPDSB/Simcoe County
elementary site. Understands there are already
District School Board above.
June 3, 2020
three in the plan and that Kawartha Pine Ridge
DSB has a desire for three elementary sites.
KPRDSB & PVNCCDSB will soon release a joint
Education Development Review, which will show
the projected need for additional elementary sites
in Courtice.
Durham Region Police
Provided a map showing the nearest Microwave
No changes needed to the SP
Service (Stephen Orr)
Path to the Southeast Courtice Secondary Plan
as a result of the submission.
area. The link is just southwest of the secondary
November 25, 2020
plan boundaries. Says that construction in the
secondary plan area will pose no immediate
20
Attachment 4 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
obstruction issues for the Region's NextGen radio
system and associated microwave links.
Curve Lake First Nation
Although we may not always have representation
No specific implications for SP
(Julie Kapyrka)
DVDTVZlNHKRQHUP I-hWV-DVIW KAWMAYLAVEL
revision.
our wish to be kept apprised throughout all phases
July 17, 2020
of this project. Please note that this letter does not
See staff report discussion.
constitute consultation, but it does represent the
initial engagement process.
Clarington Fire and
No concerns at this stage.
No implications for the SP.
Emergency Services
July 8, 2020
Clarington Clerks
No comments or objections.
No implications for the SP.
Department
July 15, 2020
Clarington Corporate
No comments or objections.
No implications for the SP.
Services
July 15, 2020
21
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Attachment 5
Summary of Urban Design & Sustainability Guidelines
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
6
Date
S034
1.4 Background & Context
This section is reworded,
Delta
❑ 7 CSRLLIT]W[SDLDJ LIDS1111Z ARP P HIFM-L
see Section 1.
Urban Inc.
On behalf of
the
Landowners
Group
2.1 Environmental Protection Area
Back lotting is to be
❑ 3 UL❑FLSOA 11; Minimize back lotting onto EP is a nice objective but will
minimised, wherever
be very difficult for a number of reasons including the environmental
possible.
LP SDFVR FFU Dn CP RL1HDvSEDWHUm-1VCMIC6 I -FIR M-L3 GEDLI D❑ ❑
See 7.2 e. and 9.2 of
not to mention economic impact for construction, long term
revised UDSGs.
maintenance and basic economics.
2.3 Prominent Intersections
Public squares are now
❑ ❑ ❑CG-lMW -DQG - Both speak of Public Squares but provide no
'privately owned publicly -
indication of their ownership and who pays for them, maintains them,
accessible spaces'.
or if they count as parkland dedication.
They do not count
towards parkland
dedication.
2.5 Livable Neighbourhoods ❑ Figure 11: Livable Neighbourhood
Noted ❑ removed.
❑ The idea that each neighbourhood should have a unique character is
not practically implementable. This has been tried in the past and it
cannot be done without a very "heavy handed" approach.
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
2.5 Livable Neighbourhoods ❑ Figure 11: Livable Neighbourhood
Guideline removed.
❑ ❑ ❑CGHFC11 -1-1 How is this to be implemented. Neighbourhoods have
been determined by the existing topography, natural features, and
major streets. Delete.
2.5 Livable Neighbourhoods ❑ Figure 11: Livable Neighbourhood
The opportunity to allow
❑ ❑ ❑CGHMCH-( L_- Neighbourhoods this size cannot support a
for such uses is
convenience store or have sufficient vehicular or pedestrian traffic to
encouraged in
be self sustaining. This guideline needs to be supported by a
neighbourhoods.
commercial study.
Wording is revised to
'will provide opportunities
to encourage'.
2.5 Livable Neighbourhoods ❑ Figure 11: Livable Neighbourhood
This is deleted. See
F- Reference mixed- AMIDAA-JAD❑[IJ19Z❑ LW❑
revised Section 3.3.
multi -unit residential developP Hd1VM
2.5 Livable Neighbourhoods ❑ Figure 11: Livable Neighbourhood
Noted F deleted.
❑ Guideline C - This is more a statement than a guideline. Delete.
2.6 Development Blocks and Lots (Block Orientation)
Mid -block connections
❑ ❑ dLG-lQ_H ( � To provide pedestrian connections every 75m or every 5
are to encourage
townhouses is highly unrealistic and hard to implement since there is
community -wide
no identification of private or public ownership or responsibility for
connectivity and
maintenance. The idea of have regular mid -block connections is good
permeability, as well as
but this is not practical. Creates multiple metres of asphalt.
to avoid long 'walls' of
built form.
See 4.0 d.
2.6 Development Blocks and Lots (Block Orientation)
Orientation is relating to
❑ There is no mention of block orientation in the guidelines, the headline
built form along
of the section 2.6 is Development Blocks and Lots (Block Orientation).
blocks/lots; see sections
for land use designations
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
that provide specific
guidelines on orientation
for the different
permitted built form.
2.6 Development Blocks and Lots (Block Orientation)
Block length of 200m is
F 200 m maximum block lengths are too short and restrictive.
to prevent long,
Additionally, WH[Hi_\&P H IP LILJ C1RI 1Rl.P V ffi VLFRI.SF;W&R0❑
continuous
LAG-1DOW DM1lXv%L.❑J ®M1D0WH F P W D❑GM HLJALJ ®N/W
facades/streetwal ls.
difficult to build and to sell.
Mixing of housing types
is encouraged to create
neighbourhoods that are
not homogenous in built
form, and therefore
provide opportunities for
infill, increased
accommodation in
density, housing
affordability, etc.
2.7 Siting Guidelines, Streetscape Variety, Built Form, Massing
Guideline removed.
❑ ❑ ❑ GHECHL-� [1-1 This is not practical and there is no difference between
the southeast and southwest in terms of shadow projections.
2.8 Built Heritage & Cultural Resources
See revised Section 7 of
F- Guideline 'D' - YI[SUH SRO-IGG-hO',SP H❑ &:Gi /❑R❑C[EHFLW R+G❑
the UDSGs.
3.1 Access and Circulation
Noted.
❑ Figure 15 - Plan should be reflective of Schedule B of Secondary Plan.
3.1 Access and Circulation
The Municipality is
❑ ❑ ❑CGH-CHh&--� If the Municipality will not accept public laneways, then
seeking approval with
a number of the principles/guidelines will have to be modified.
public laneways, as
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
indicated in the
Secondary Plan and
UDSGs. Laneways
whether private or public
are to be designed in
accordance to the Plan
and UDSG.
3.2 Road Network
This figure will remain
❑ Figure 17 - remove the network of local roads
showing local roads to
3.2.1 - Confirm that Courtice and Bloor Streets are to be 45m wide.
show all the road types
Regional roads must conform to Regional standards.
that comprise of the road
network.
Bloor St and Courtice Rd
have rights -of -ways that
are 40m wide.
3.2.5 Local Roads (20m ROW)
A 20m ROW is desired
❑ Clarington accepts 18m local roads. Standard should be changed.
for Southeast Courtice.
3.2.5 Local Roads (20m ROW)
Guideline removed.
❑ ❑ ❑IGHECLi-requires that parking lane be paved with permeable
paving. This is a major cost and maintenance issue, and will the Town
be willing to have this?
3.2.6 Laneways (8.5m ROW)
Both public and private
F Will the municipality accept public laneways? If public 8.5m is
laneways are considered
acceptable; however, if private recommend 6.5m width. The use of
in the UDSGs, without
permeable paving and LIDs in laneways is problematic and very
specification of
expensive. Again, the cross section will be as per approved
ownership. 8.5m is the
engineering detail design.
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
minimum width in all
cases.
3.2.6 Laneways (8.5m ROW)
Public utilities may be
Will the Municipality permit servicing in public laneways?
permitted within public
rear lanes however
Regional Services are
not. (see 9.7. of
Secondary Plan).
3.2.7 On -Street Parking
Guideline removed.
❑ Guideline 'E' -Please explain why diagonal parkin isn't permitted.
3.2.8 Green Streets
All streets in the
❑ This section provides excellent green principles - very difficult to
Secondary Plan will be
implement on public rights of ways. Challenges exist because of snow
developed with green
removal, salt applications etc. Will the Municipality be prepared to
infrastructure principles.
maintain these initiatives?
See section 8.0 of
revised UDSGs and the
R/T sws.
3.2.8 Green Streets
See above.
Guideline 'A' -Bullet 2 -Concerned about material requirements.
Tree planting?
3.3 Active Transportation Network
See revised Section 6.4
❑ ❑ ❑CGH[11-IL:� ❑❑ Recommends mid -block connectors every 75.Om to
of the UDSGs.
100.Om which is too arbitrary and too often - there is no indication of
Reworded to:
who owns them and who maintains them.
e) The active
transportation network
can also connect
to/through both public
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
and private spaces,
including mid -block
connections and
privately owned publicly -
accessible spaces.
3.8 Public Squares
Plazas will be located at
❑ 7JRlHDUHPD JFR❑FFLYVLZM UMFU E-7EHaEPEHLII113EE([F❑
Prominent Intersections
6 T❑DUM: D❑GMI LML_-ICJ Ham❑ GLI LF 2 DJ L HEJ-L❑J IERNII
in keeping with OP
implementable or having the effect on the streetscapes that is
policy. See sections 3.2
envisioned. There are 9 large Public Squares shown and 5 small
and 6.1.4
Public Squares shown.
3.8 Public Squares
The locations are to be
❑ ❑ ❑FGH❑CH-7 � Requires locations every 500m. Taking the top and
along Regional
bottom of the size range this produces a total of 11.5 hectares of land.
Corridors, primarily at
Although they are called Public there is no indication of ownership.
Prominent Intersections.
Additionally, the references to Public art are also worrying since the
Public art is only
budget for even 14 modest pieces of public art could be at least
encouraged, particularly
several millions of dollars. Will this be public ownership?
at Prominent
Intersections.
3.8 Public Squares
Guideline removed.
❑ ❑ ❑CGHECH= - Proposes public internet access without discussion of
cost.
3.8 Public Squares
Guideline removed.
❑ ❑ ❑FGH❑CH-F Underground parking at all of these locations will be
generally problematic given some of the building types proposed.
There are two specific locations where smaller Public Squares are
located in low density neighbourhoods well away from corridors.
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
3.8 Public Squares
The number and
As a general comment we do not believe that the population density of
locations are reduced.
the area will support this number of Public Squares in SE Courtice. For
They are to be along
this type of public space to operate as truly vibrant spaces there must
Regional Corridors,
be sufficient population to make use of them. Unused Public Squares
primarily at Prominent
will be simply empty, unmonitored, uninviting spaces that will detract
Intersections.
from the image of the community. Cost implications.
3.9 Sitewide Low Impact Development & Stormwater Ponds
See revised Sections 3.4
❑ Please note that Clarington requires ponds to be fenced with chain link
and 8.0.
fencing - not acknowledged or shown in the photos that are used with
these guidelines. Please confirm if the approach is to now have ponds
open and integrated as part of the natural system.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
This is now Section 5.1.1
❑ ❑ ❑[GHFCI-I❑❑❑Siting and Massing
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
Reference is now made
❑ Bullet 1- Should reference the Secondary Plan prominent
to Prominent
intersections.
Intersections.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
Orientation (i.e. on the
F Bullet 4 -]The orientation of high-rise buildings is determined by the
ground as it meets the
surrounding street layout and the orientation and proportions of the
street) is referenced to
blocks and sites. Cross ventilation is rarely achievable for units in high-
being along the street to
rise building since the vast majority of units only have window openings
ensure a street wall.
on one face of the unit.
The street being the
Bloor or Courtice. The
massing (i.e. 'tower'
component) of a building
should be oriented to
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
ensure sustainability and
low -energy consumption.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
Guideline removed.
❑ Bullet 5 -]This bullet is unnecessary as it may limit opportunities to
find creative and attractive solutions for the development of sites with
more challenging geometries. Generally, these types of floor plates are
not economical to construct and there would be little motivation to do
so outside of a major metropolitan location.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
Revised, now'Buildings
❑ Bullet 6 []The practical meaning of this guideline is unclear as worded.
are to be oriented along
,VWFR❑®J£H:ZRLG-GD\/hdfl❑JV_D0t❑JAON+WDSI-MDbb encouraged to
the street to establish a
EHIG-MJ E GLZ-l]WID+TZA4M AW CAMoJ IFE
street wall that frames
the street and creates a
vibrant public realm'.
See 5.1.1 a.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
See revised Section 5.
❑ Bullet 7 ❑A Guideline establishing a two storey podium is fine but
D>\A\L❑J M UD❑❑AARIJH❑FRP P HIJ- D❑Cb
Figure 44 shows both a
unrealistic since it is very possible that there will never be a market for
2 storey and 4 storey
second storey commercial or retail uses in these buildings. Residential
component.
uses above the ground floor are typical with this building typology in
the Ontario. There is also apparent conflict between asking for a two -
storey podium and then asking for the building to step back after the
fourth floor.
Figure 44 does not show a two -storey podium.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
Noted.
Bullet 8 - The design of the ground plain between buildings and the
street should be both inviting and attractive while remaining
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
appropriate and practical for the function and use of the spaces in the
ground floors.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
See revised Section 5.1
❑ ❑❑CGH❑CH-MFApartments
of UDSGs.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
See revised Section 5.1
❑ ❑❑CGH-FI-L -Apartments
of UDSGs.
o 7 -E/``I-R ❑ FFR ®EHP RI_HZ6SLPSLEkhC VWIGE15 HACIdEWO
Mixed-8 VHILI11OUV❑DLC-LR\ALSDLW H-W/AA.LIFH /[IDS IRI ❑
tenure and most multi -floor residential building are condominium
and not rental. The proposed title is more inclusive.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
See revised Section
❑ ❑❑FGHFCHMM❑Apartments
5.1.2 of UDSGs.
o Bullet 1 []This would be more realistic if the height range was
expressed as 4 to 6 storeys and not 3 to 6 storeys given that
some townhouse building types are more practical at 4 storeys.
o Bullet 2 ❑A minimum ground floor height of 4.5m is appropriate
for buildings facing onto a Regional Corridor but not in other
locations such as buildings facing onto Local Roads.
o Bullet 4 []This guideline a is only appropriate for some lower
and mid -rise building types and even within that, only
appropriate to a limited range of architectural styles and
expressions. Delete.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
This is now Section 5.1.6
❑ ❑ ❑CGH❑M-&❑Parking and Utilities
of revised UDSGs.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
This is now Section 5.1.6
❑ ❑ ❑CGH-CHh&-Parking and Utilities
of revised UDSGs.
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
o Bullet 1 ❑ The intention of this guideline is clear however all site
access will be determined by the Region of Durham during an
application for Site Plan Approval.
4.1 Mixed Use, High Density Residential
This is now Sections
❑ ❑ ❑CGH❑CH-&❑Parking and Utilities
5.1.5 and 5.1.6 of
o Bullet 2 - The intention of this guideline is clear however all site
revised UDSGs.
access will be determined by qualified traffic experts during an
application for Site Plan Approval based on the building
occupancy as well as the physical opportunities and constraints
of specific sites. The number and location of surface parking will
vary depending on the uses proposed for the buildings. It may
be more appropriate to have surface parking for some
apartment buildings. Delete prohibition of surface parking.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
This is now section 5.1.2
❑ ❑ [1CGH❑CH-lF][]Siting and Massing
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.1.2 of
❑ ❑❑CGHI-Siting and Massing
revised UDSGs.
o Bullet 1 ❑The requirement to vary lot widths assumes freehold
tenure. This requirement for condominium tenure is impractical
for builders and of itself will not make a significant contribution to
the streetscape.
The appropriate and compatible mix of quality architectural
designs accompanied by an appropriate mix of materials and
colours thoughtfully sited along streetscapes will be a more
effective means of obtaining the objective of reducing potential
visual monotony. Effective Architectural Design Guidance and
Landscape design on both public and private property is a
tested and proven means to improve character of streetscapes.
10
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
o Bullet 3 ❑The last sentence of this bullet will contribute to visual
monotony and restrict positive and appropriate architectural
design options. Not all architectural styles can be properly
articulated with a step back on the third floor.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 6.4 e. and
❑ ❑ ❑CGHEICHFM❑Siting and Massing
6.4.1.2 a. of revised
o Bullet 5 ❑ Proposing a POPs or mid -block connector arbitrarily
UDSGs.
every 75m to 100m creates unnecessary hardscape. Mid -block
connectors are desirable but taken to this extreme there is no
benefit to inefficient use of land, and it is unrealistic to create
such public connections on private property in mid -rise
developments of this relatively small scale. POPS are typically
owned and maintained by large condominium associations that
have the economic resources for maintains and security. Mid -
block public connections in this context should be owned and
maintained by the municipality.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.1.5 and
❑ ❑ ❑CGHECHFIM❑Siting and Massing
5.1.6 of revised UDSGs.
o B u I I et 6❑ 6 ❑J J IWF❑D❑J L -J 1 4GL I �W-(WDO/1Ad+JOl
4.2 Medium Density Residential
This is Section 5.1
❑ ❑ ❑SGHI❑CHL-11] ❑Apartment Buildings
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.1.2 d. of
❑ ❑ ❑-GHF HFIM ❑Apartment Buildings
revised UDSGs.
o Bullet 1 []The requirement to architecturally express a base,
middle, and top is more effective and appropriate for taller
building and will not be as great an asset to the design of
buildings four storeys and less in height. A height limit of 20m is
insufficient for a six -storey building when a previous bullet has
11
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
required that the ground floor of these buildings be 4.5 m tall.
Assuming a typical floor to floor height of 3.0 then a six- storey
building would be (if grading around the building was uniform)
19.5m tall which will not leave adequate height for a roof
parapet and elevator overrun. A maximum building height of
23m would be more appropriate combined with a by-law limit of
6 storeys.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.1.2 of
❑ ❑ ❑[GHEFI-LI [[Apartment Buildings
revised UDSGs.
o Bullet 2 ❑The building illustrated in Figure 47 steps back after
the third floor which is inconsistent with this guideline.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.1 of
❑ ❑ ❑[GH-CHhT ❑Apartment Buildings
revised UDSGs.
o Bullet 3 ❑ It is very difficult to avoid creating overlook conditions
when designing and siting buildings of this type in highly
urbanized plans such as is being proposed. In a city or in a
highly urbanized condition, a degree of overlook is an accepted
condition and is conventionally mitigated through adherence to
appropriate separation distances between buildings. Also, within
a highly urbanized environment, it is challenging to have views
of gardens and recreational areas and one assumes that the
gardens and recreational areas referred to are either public
lands, publicly accessible lands or part of the same
development as the building being sited. Remove requirement.
o Bullet 4 ❑This guideline is gratuitous since the gridded plan for
the community has already been established and the orientation
of all mid -rise buildings has effectively been locked in already.
Cross ventilation is difficult to achieve. Delete requirement.
12
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
o Bullet 5 ❑ Please refer to comment to same guideline in the
Mixed Use High Density Residential section.
o Bullet 8 ❑ Please see previous comment on similar guideline in
the Mixed Use High Density Residential section.
o Bullet 9 ❑ In some locations within the GTA, this guideline
would unquestionably be appropriate where land values and unit
values would justify this expense for a building of 4 to 6 storeys.
In this case, for such relatively small buildings with such a
relatively small number of units, the ability to collectively carry
the construction and long-term maintenance costs for providing
exclusively underground parking may undercut the ability to
implement this guideline and hence the development of the
proposed building type. Adherence to this guideline for this
building type runs the risk of discouraging the development of
this building type on these lands in favour of 4 storey
townhouses. Please delete.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
This is now Section 5.2.
❑ ❑ ❑[GHECHE&❑Stacked and & Street Townhouses
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.2. of
❑ ❑ ❑LGHECHE&❑Stacked and & Street Townhouses
revised UDSGs
o Bullet 2 ❑ Not practical and may limit accessibility.
4.2 Medium Density Residential
See Section 5.2 of
❑ ❑ ❑LGI l❑CH_&❑Stacked and & Street Townhouses
revised UDSGs.
o Bullet 4 ❑ Please define shared amenity. Does the guideline
refer to shared amenity areas that are outdoor common areas
within a registered condominium, a POPS, or a publicly owned
outdoor area?
13
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
4.3 Low Density Residential
This is now Section
❑ ❑❑CGHUCHEII]❑Siting & Massing
5.2.1.3.
4.3 Low Density Residential
Noted - maximum
❑ ❑❑CGH[1CH_tL❑Siting & Massing
building height is now'3
o Bullet 2 ❑ 9.5m is not high enough for a three -storey building. If
storeys'. There will be no
a standard floor to floor height of 3.0m is applied, and the
mention of heights in
finished floor is 0.3m above grade then there will not be
terms of measurements.
sufficient height for parapets or pitched roofs. A maximum
Height of 12m would be more appropriate.
4.3 Low Density Residential
See Section 6.4 e. and
❑ ❑ ❑CGHECHMSiting & Massing
6.4.1.2 a. of revised
o Bullet 5 - Proposing a POPs or mid -block connector arbitrarily
UDSGs.
every 75m to 100m is extravagant and cannot be achieved.
Mid -block connectors are desirable but taken to this extreme
there is no benefit to efficient use of land. It is unrealistic to
create public connections on private property in mid -rise
developments at this relatively small scale. POPS are typically
owned and maintained by large condominium associations that
have the economic resources for maintenance and security.
Mid -block public connections in this context should be owned
and maintained by the municipality.
4.3 Low Density Residential
Deleted
❑ ❑ ❑FCC-l-C ❑❑❑Siting & Massing
o Bullet 6 []Delete
4.3 Low Density Residential
This is now Section 5.2.
❑ ❑ ❑[GH-CHh -]Detached Semi -Detached and Townhouses
4.3 Low Density Residential
Guideline removed.
❑ ❑ ❑CGHEICHL U ❑Detached Semi -Detached and Townhouses
14
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
o Bullet 2 ❑This guideline is gratuitous since the street and lot
pattern that has been mandated produces lots that are in the
majority rectilinear and low density production housing does not
produce the types of floor plates discussed in this guideline.
Remove
4.3 Low Density Residential
Reworded; see section
❑ ❑ ❑CGH-CH=metached Semi -Detached and Townhouses
5.2.
o Bullet 3 - This guideline is gratuitous since the gridded plan for
the community has already been established and the orientation
Neighbourhood centre
of all mid -rise buildings has effectively been locked in. Remove.
references have been
o Bullet 4 - Can better be dealt with by mandating architectural
removed.
design guidelines and privately administered architectural
design guidance.
o Bullet 8 ❑ should be part of a comprehensive zoning by-law.
o Bullet 9 []This principle is highly problematic if the municipality
does not accept public laneways. Privately owned laneways
only work within a registered condominium. Totally disagree with
the requirement that garages "shall" be accessed from a rear
lane. Garages, with architectural control, can be attractive
within the overall design of townhouses, semis and singles.
With a balcony or porch, garages can extend.
❑ ❑ ❑CGH-CH-&-]Neighbourhood Center
o Bullet 1 ❑ Based on past detailed studies in other new
communities in municipalities in the GTA, it is highly unlikely that
there will ever be sufficient population within these areas to
support commercial uses at the frequency implied by this
guideline.
15
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
o Bullet 2 ❑ This is fine as it appears to be discretionary.
However, these guidelines encourage a volume of public space
within the community that is unrealistic and does not realistically
add to the quality of the built environment.
4.4 Schools
See Section 6.2 i. of
❑ Guideline G ❑ Requiring solid board fences in these locations is
revised UDSGs.
uncommon. School boards typically request chain link.
5. Transition Zone
Back lotting is to be
❑ Paragraph 4 []This requirement is unreasonable as an absolute
minimised, wherever
statement. The objective of providing views to natural heritage features
possible.
is a good one but has serious negative impacts when expressed in this
See Section 7.2 e. of
way as an absolute. This guideline will negatively impact the density of
revised UDSGs.
the community, create inefficient use of land, and will not necessarily
produce superior environmental benefits and outcomes. Remove the
absolute prohibition of rear lotting onto parks and parkettes.
5.1 Development Adjacent to Agriculture
See Section 9.1 of the
❑ Development Adjacent to Agriculture
revised UDSGs.
5.1 Development Adjacent to Agriculture
See Section 9.1 of the
❑ Guidelines A to E - Given that Figure 55 clearly shows that all urban
revised UDSGs.
development lands are separated from Prime Agricultural Lands these
guidelines are unnecessary.
5.1 Development Adjacent to Agriculture
See Section 9.1 of the
❑ Guideline F ❑ It should be clear that this guideline does not apply to
revised UDSGs.
the area covered by this guideline document since it is not anticipated
the agricultural machinery will be traveling on roads within the urban
area.
16
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
5.1 Development Adjacent to Agriculture
Guideline removed.
❑ Guideline G -]This guideline is unnecessary since this guideline
document does not apply to agricultural areas. See Secondary Plan.
5.1 Development Adjacent to Agriculture
See Section 9.1 of the
❑ Guideline H -]This guideline is unnecessary since this guideline
revised UDSGs.
document does not apply to agricultural areas. If this is a desirable
guideline it should be enacted through another means.
5.4 Development Adjacent to Parkland
This section is deleted
❑ ❑ ❑CGHiCH=❑❑ The objective of this guideline is valuable however
with guidelines folded
when written in such absolute terms it becomes impractical. In general,
into Section 6.1 of
the guidelines provided by this document encourage the creation of a
revised UDSGs.
much larger total area of road surface by relying on roads and
Ianeways to provide separation between green spaces and the built
environment. There should be limited concern with having buildings
adjacent to parkland if there is effective site planning and appropriate
architectural design.
❑ ❑ ❑CGH-CHh&-❑I This is not practical and may not be beneficial in all
circumstances. Delete "shall".
❑ ❑ ❑CGH-CHh( n This may not be practical or easily implemented.
Parking is typically permitted along roads adjacent parkland.
5.5 Development within the Regional Corridor
See Section 5 of revised
❑ Development Within Regional Corridors
UDSGs.
o ❑ ❑CGHECH-L-Siting & Massing
0 Bullet 3 ❑ In principle, mid -block connectors are a good
feature however the frequency of one every 75m to 100m
is impractical and of very limited benefit. The
maintenance cost of these features will be the
17
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
Details of Submission
Response
responsibility of the Municipality. Durham Region will
have requirements for access onto Arterial Roads.
0 Bullet 4 ❑ difficult to enforce. Recommend removal.
o ❑ ❑-GHLCHF [][]Spacing Between Buildings
0 Bullet 1 ❑ This guideline needs to provide more context
for its application and should be co-ordinated with an
area specific comprehensive Zoning By-law (that would
be the appropriate instrument to address these issues).
Since a separation distance of 15m is not mandated by
the Ontario Building Code an explanation of this arbitrary
number should be provided. When dealing with the
separation distance between two Tall Buildings 15m is
commonly regarded as insufficient separation distance. In
the design of mid -rise buildings, 15m may be too great of
a separation.
0 Bullet 3 []Separation distance is important. This
guideline needs to provide more context for its
application. The relative position of the two buildings will
have a significant impact on its efficiency. For example, if
the tall building is located to the north of a mid -rise
building or podium it will produce no shadow impact on its
neighbour.
o ❑ ❑-GHF H-&[-Built Form
0 Bullet 4 ❑ 1 believe this should be referring to the
articulation of the horizonal planes of the elevations
created by ground floor doors and windows and upper
storey elements such as windows and balconies and
finally, cornice lines and roof edges.
iE:3
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
o Guideline D Stepbacks & Setbacks
0 Bullet 1 ❑ The name and nature of the Special Design
Standards referenced should be explicitly stated in this
guideline. The minimum and maximum heights provided
Any studies that are
here are too specific and the guideline provides
required at the time of a
inadequate explanation for them.
development application
0 Bullet 3 ❑A 45-degree angular plane analysis is
will be provided at the
inappropriate within a block as the issues of light,
Pre -consultation meeting
ventilation, and privacy are covered adequately by
in keeping with OP
separation distance and stepbacks. A 45-degree angular
policy.
plane analysis for building facing onto public streets that
form the transition between high and low density or
medium and low- density designations is appropriate
0 Bullet 4 ❑ Side stepbacks are generally impractical and
particularly impractical where other guidelines in this
section may require a building to have front and or rear
setbacks as well.
GRAPHICS
Figure 4: Existing Context & Text
Graphics have all been
❑ Text and graphic boundary do not match that of the Secondary Plan.
revised. See the revised
The SP states the east boundary is bound by Hancock Road, not Hwy
UDSGs Figure 1.
418 as stated in the UDG.
Figure 5: SEC Demonstration Plan
Graphics have all been
F The Figure does not match with the Secondary Plan. SECSP
revised. See the revised
ER❑❑�VP DRi❑
UDSGs Figure 3.
19
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
Figure 6: Community Structure
Graphics have all been
Map has no legend.
revised. See the revised
UDSGs Figure 4.
Figure 7: Environmental Protection Area
Graphics have all been
❑ Secondary Plan area boundary should be bolder and more readable.
revised. See the revised
❑ EP should be PEA to match first sentence at top of page.
UDSGs.
Figure 8: Intensification Areas
Graphics have all been
There is no legend item for the extended light orange for Figure 8 in
revised. See the revised
the UDG. Is this meant to be an extension or buffer of the Regional
UDSGs.
Corridor?
Figure 9: Prominent Intersections
Graphics have all been
❑ Same graphic problems as noted above.
revised. See the revised
UDSGs Figure 6.
Figure 10: View Corridors
Graphics have all been
Parks and parkettes should reflect Schedule A and B of the Secondary
revised. See the revised
Plan
UDSGs.
❑ View corridors are focused along streets primarily to intersections.
Figure 11: Livable Neighbourhood
Graphics have all been
F- Graphic issues with map. The Six Neighbourhoods should be more
revised. See the revised
clearly identified.
UDSGs.
F- Commercial in red appears to promote concentration at key
intersections and portions of Courtice Rd north of Bloor... Suggesting a
[0 DL❑I-6 BAN+ WFR V U ❑lam❑[DF-G1RLP ❑E ❑VH[EqYFN:G-lSWE
indicated). This is going to be a challenge based on traffic and curb
site parking.
Figure 12: Development Blocks and Lots
Graphics have all been
revised. See the revised
UDSGs.
20
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
Map has the same graphic problems. The meaning of the diagrams at
the bottom of the page are provided without explanation and appear to
have no meaning.
❑ Reference to POPs in the legend and on the Figure is not clear.
Figure 13: Siting, Built Form and Massing
Graphics have all been
❑ Map has incomplete legend.
revised. See the revised
❑ U ❑IIHFFF-FG H\/-VVH(DIFW ❑LG-CHV❑
UDSGs.
Figure 14: Built Heritage and Cultural Resources
Graphics have all been
Map needs legend. The building identified as BHR4 has been
revised. See the revised
determined by the Heritage Committee to NOT have any heritage
UDSGs Figure 59.
value. The Town has issued a demolition permit. Please remove.
Figure 15: SEC Public Realm
Graphics have all been
❑ Figure is too small, no legend. Should be consistent with Section 2
revised. See the revised
preamble page.
UDSGs Figure 31.
Figure 16: Access and Circulation
Graphics have all been
Photo is unimplementable. Too much permeable paving, curb side
revised. See the revised
parking both sides and based on previous guidelines assumes that the
UDSGs.
multi-\ARLH❑EdSGL❑J" I+K1V i❑1LDP LoJ IZ R❑GIFISU1W VVVH-O DLL❑
6 W+VfiIJM LREDCFRUU RT
Figure 17: Road Network
Graphics have been
Legend has an error. The water course colour has been used for a
revised. See the revised
road type.
UDSGs Figure 41.
❑ The Local Roads are missing from the legend. However, local roads
should be deleted.
Figure 18: Arterial A (Frontage Road/Multi-way)
New Graphic Added for
❑ 7 EH[5 HJ IR DY LDEN/SRLZW-I-ODVI,PoL2 ®❑ g VDVIFR❑1L -FU?\W
Arterial A. Region of
sections however, the Executive Summary does refer to the Arterial
Durham has provided
Corridor Guidelines developed within the scope of the TMP (links
assistance.
21
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
provided below). The Arterial Corridor Guidelines do contain ROW
Cross Sections, however, only offer one 45m Major Transit Corridor
See revised UDSGs.
ROW Cross Section which the UDG Figure 18 does not match.
F Regional Transportation Master Plan found here:
https://durhamtmp.files.wordpress.com/2018/07/durhamtmp finalreport
2018-0709-web-accessible.pdf
F Arterial Corridor Guidelines: (Skip to Sec2:70 for 45m ROW Cross
Section) https://www.durham.ca/en/living-
here/resources/Documents/EnvironmentalStabiIity/Arterial-Corridor-
Guidelines.pdf
u Cross-section is huge. Planting islands of 3.0 meters are too narrow to
ensure positive tree growth.
Figure 20: Arterial C
See the revised UDSGs
L Single lanes on an Arterial road is impractical and rules out ever having
for Figure 46.
buses, on -street parking, or deliveries on these roads. There may also
EH Z LW7tP HAD H❑FHI),Hr-IFW
E The Regional Arterial Corridor Guidelines have a 26m Two Lane
Residential Cross Section that does not match Figure 20 of the UDG.
L More reasonable cross-section, however 3.5 meter travel lanes do not
provide for emergency vehicle access. Additionally, the boulevard is
very clustered.
Figure 21: Collector Road
See the revised UDSGs
F This cross-section has the same issues - particularly since school
Figure 47.
boards often require schools to be located on Collector Roads and this
cross-section would make it difficult to have school busses stopping.
Figure 23: Laneways
See Secondary Plan
CI The plan does not show that laneways connect to other laneways and
policy. Lanes must
form a system as described in the text.
connect to a public
22
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
street. See the revised
UDSGs 6.3.6 Figure 49.
Figure 24: On -Street Parking - Typical Layout
Graphic removed.
F There are no driveways or roads identified accessing the development
block either from the local road or the Regional corridor.
L Not the best example of development block, it would be possible to
access only from the east side.
Figure 26: Green Street Strategies
Graphics have all been
L The rendering is very misleading since it shows almost no driveways
revised. See the revised
cutting across the bioswales and the lot density shown is much lower
UDSGs.
than what is being proposed.
❑ ❑ LML-61AW-NOI� ❑R N❑VP DiVID❑[II VHISU;SR+lGIDG]FU?VN-
sections nor housing forms (widths -as noted previously)
Figure 27: Active Transportation Network
See the revised UDSGs
L An error in the legend on road identification. Should eliminate local
Figure 51.
roads.
L POPs are not clear, no explanation
Graphic is for
demonstration.
Figures 28-30
See the revised UDSGs.
❑ Unrealistic photographs used to illustrate the Principles and
Guidelines.
Figure 31-32
See the revised UDSGs.
❑ Cycling. All these images are very Urban, much higher density
precedents and are not applicable.
Figure 35: Transit Network
Removed.
❑ The map legend has Environmental Protection Areas, but no
Environmental Protection Areas are shown on the map. Symbols for
schools are shown on the map but not identified in the legend.
23
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
Corridors are colored but not identified in the legend. Roads identified
in the Guidelines are not labeled on the map.
Figure 36: Parks and Open Space
Revised graphic. See
Issues with the map. Major roads are not on the map as they appear in
the revised UDSGs.
the legend, large green dashed lines shown on the map not shown in
the legend, the smaller solid blue green lines shown on the map are
not identified in the legend, laneway locations shown on the map are
not consistent with the types of locations identified in the earlier
guidelines, and the block dimensions appear meaningless. Streets are
ERVVEHO G❑ ❑
Figure 42: Private Realm
Removed. See the
❑ Map has no legend and should have one.
revised UDSGs.
Figure 43: Mixed Use and High Density Residential ❑ Land use Distribution
See the revised UDSGs.
❑ The grey area on the map should be identified in the legend.
❑ Legend should read High Density Residential /Mixed Use
Figure 44: Mixed Use, High Density Residential - Cross Section
Removed. See the
❑ This figure shows a two -storey high loading and servicing area which
revised UDSGs.
would be very unusual.
Figure 45: Mixed Use, High Density Residential - Typical Layout
Removed. See the
revised UDSGs.
Figure 46: Medium Density Residential Land Use Distribution
Removed. See the
Has some graphic issues including an inconsistent colour in the legend
revised UDSGs.
for the Environmental Protection Area. Should show the location of the
High Density Residential lands so the spatial relationship between
these uses are clear.
Figure 47: Medium Density Residential - Cross Section
Removed.
See the revised UDSGs.
24
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
❑ Shows a section of a six storey building facing the Regional Corridor.
The figure shows the building stepping back after the third floor where
the guideline requires that buildings step back after the fourth floor.
Figure 48: Medium Density Residential []Typical Layout
Removed.
See the revised UDSGs.
Figure 49: Low Density Residential Land use Distribution
Graphics have all been
❑ Same types of graphic concerns as previously noted on earlier figures.
revised. See the revised
UDSGs.
Figure 51: Low Density Residential - Typical Layout
Graphic Removed.
The number of mid -block pedestrian walkways is highly impractical and
See the revised UDSGs.
unnecessary from a community design perspective.
Figure 51 - 52
Graphic 51 Removed.
Figures 51 & 52. Mid -block connections are dangerous, far too
See the revised UDSGs.
frequent, challenge development efficiency and compact building form
principals as well as the previously noted problems with ownership and
maintenance. Additionally, given that laneways are NOT public, all of
the otherwise typically fee simple singles and townhouses would by
necessity become condo.
Figure 53: Transition Zone
Graphics have all been
❑ No legend provided. Map does not reflect schedules in Secondary
revised. See the revised
Plan.
UDSGs.
Figure 54: Development Adjacent to Prime Agricultural Lands - Cross
Figure removed.
This figure is unnecessary since all new proposed development is
separated from the Prime Agricultural Lands by existing roads as
clearly shown in Figure 55.
Figure 55: Development Adjacent to Prime Agricultural Lands - Plan
See the revised UDSGs.
25
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Submission
Details of Submission
Response
Number
Name
(contact)
Date
L There is a red solid line appearing in this figure that is not identified in
the legend.
Figure 56: Development Adjacent to Employment Areas - Cross Section
See the revised UDSGs.
L The Green Buffer / Parkland feature illustrated is not addressed in the
accompanying guidelines. Does the use of the term Parkland imply that
this land can be credited towards Parkland dedication?
Figure 57: Development Adjacent to Employment Areas - Plan
See the revised UDSGs.
F There is an apparent conflict between the area identified as PSEZ (an
acronym not referred to in the text or explained) and the mapping of
the Prime Agricultural Lands as shown on Figure 55. There is a solid
red line shown that is not identified in the legend.
Figure 58: Development Adjacent to Natural Heritage - Cross Section
See the revised UDSGs.
F As with all these cross sections shown it would be helpful to have a
conceptual location for this conceptual cross section.
Figure 59: Development Adjacent to Natural Heritage - Plan
See the revised UDSGs.
F There is a solid red line that is not identified in the legend.
Figure 61: Development Adjacent to Parkland - Plan
See the revised UDSGs.
L There is a solid red line shown that is not identified in the legend.
Figure 66-67
See the revised UDSGs.
F Too hypothetical. In the foreseeable future (15-20 years), density too
high and development to intense. Too much mixed use adjacent to
regional corridor. This is close to the current development form and
density of North York, east of Yonge street north of Sheppard.
Agencies Comment Table of Urban Design and Sustainability Guidelines Comment Submissions received After June 1
26
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Bell Canada
General Comments on Urban Design
(Meaghan
F1 No objections. Offered policy modifications (word changes in
This guideline is removed
Palynchuk)
italics) below:
after discussions/issues
June 19, 2020
o 3.2.5 Local Roads (20m ROW) Guideline E:
regarding the sidewalk
"e. Landscape Buffer: A 2.5m wide landscape zone
abutting the roadway.
featuring street trees shall be provided between the
sidewalk and the private property boundary. It could
Note: the 2.5m landscape
serve as a utility corridor for locating underground
zone was shown in the first
services within the street right-of-way, where feasible."
version of the UDSGs and
the cross-section has
subsequently changed.
L Additional Query:
To be sent upon comp
If possible, could we obtain the proposed land use plan in a
.shp file (or any applicable GIS files)? This will assist in our
internal analysis of this area.
CLOCA
Urban Design and Sustainability Guideline Comments
June 19, 2020
Section 2.1
This section for EPAs has
u Guideline b: Please specify what the grid network is referring to.
been revised in Section 7.2
Is it assumed roads?
as follows:
a. The location of parks
should act as an extension
of EPAs to create an
interconnected network
while maintaining drainage
patterns and topography,
limiting watercourse
crossings and balancing a
connected grid network of
roads.
27
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Section 2.1
This section for EPAs has
❑ Guideline b: As this guideline is placed within the EP section,
been revised in Section 7.2
perhaps rephrasing to "Promote the maintenance of drainage
as follows:
patterns and topography, limit watercourse crossings, while
balancing a connected grid network of roads."
e. Development, including
the road network, will
consider drainage patterns
and topography around
EPAs, including limited
watercourse crossings.
Section 2.1
Revised as suggested. See
❑ ❑ AG-10H[F[130 MIL-FOGiFMH &/ 2 &❑[SRGIWDLG❑
section 7.2 as follows:
regulations."
b. Where parks connect to
EPAs, its interface, access
and usage will be
undertaken in a manner
that maintains their
ecological integrity and
shall comply with CLOCA
policies and regulations.
Section 2.1
Reference to edge
❑ Guideline c: please clarify what is meant by "edge conditions
conditions and entrances
and entrances". Is this referring to the interface between the EP
are removed. This guideline
and development? Or the entrances of trail systems?
was intended to be the
interface between
parks/trails and EP.
Section 3.2, x-ref 3.2.8
See section 6.3 as follows:
L The text in section 3.2.6 Laneways incorporate LID's such as
permeable paving where sufficient drainage exists, however,
f. The use of green
infrastructure is permitted
m
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
does not reference the requirement for Green Streets. It is
within the public rights -of -
suggested that a connection be made between the sections.
way, which include the
boulevard and roadway, to
best achieve the desired
effects of such
infrastructure.
Section 3.2.8
See section 6.3 f.
❑ CLOCA staff support Green Streets. It is recommended that the
other road typologies also serve to incorporate LID's within the
Also see Section 8:
road right of ways. The previous sections on road typology
Stormwater Management
should reference the Green Street requirement. Additional
for green infrastructure /
suggestions include, but are not limited to:
LIDs.
1. utilizing the centre medians proposed for Meadowglade and
Hancock, as well as collector roads
2. Bike lanes could be permeable pavement.
3. Street trees could be the stormwater planters.
Section 3.9
This section has been
❑ CLOCA staff encourages the use and incorporation of LID's as
completely revised. See
a component of stormwater management systems. Although
Section 8: Stormwater
what is noted in the first paragraph is true, it is our
Management.
understanding that the intent of the policy is to allow LID's
within the VPZ if there are no other feasible alternatives beyond
the VPZ. For new development, LID's should be directed to
areas outside of the VPZ, however may be permitted within the
VPZ if supported through appropriate study. CLOCA staff would
recommend that the opening statement be revised so as not to
encourage the placement of LID's within the VPZ.
Section 5.3
This section has been
❑ Suggest using consistent term "Natural Heritage System" as
incorporated into Section 7:
opposed to "Network"
Environmental Protection
Areas.
29
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
All mentions of network
have been changed to
system.
Section 5.3
Guideline removed.
❑ Guideline b: suggest last sentence ".must be provided beyond
passive recreation areas, natural heritage system and
vegetation protection zones."
Region of
Urban Design and Sustainability Guideline Comments
Durham
June 22, 2020
Section 1.3 Related Documents and Guidelines
Revised. See Section 1 of
❑ Please update the cover pages to the 2020 Provincial Policy
revised UDSGs.
6 UP HIFM❑G= I13®FHARH UH Z IT3 ®❑❑
Section 1.5 / Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan
Revised Graphic. See
❑ The Region is generally supportive of proposed land uses along
revised UDSG.
the Regional roads, Bloor Street and Courtice Road (identified
generally as mid to high density and mixed -use blocks), as
transit -supportive and consistent with the Regional Corridor
designation. Further to the Region's comments on the proposed
land use concept made in March, the Region is open to
potential solutions for providing development access along the
Regional roads, such as the service roads concept presented at
the meeting, February 10, 2020 and shown in Section 3.2.1.
However, as noted in the comments, the configuration of the
service roads along Bloor Street and Courtice Road will need to
be supported through additional information, such as a
functional design plan and an associated traffic analysis, prior
to the receipt of separate development applications to apply a
coordinated approach. It is noted that the Class EA (Phase 3
and 4 work) that is to be undertaken for the South Courtice non -
Regional arterial and collector roads would not cover these
service roads.
a
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Section 1.5 / Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan
Comments noted.
❑ Notwithstanding the above comment, the number of local roads
shown to access Bloor Street and the corresponding service
Local Roads connect to the
roads seems to be quite frequent, particularly west of Trulls
Service Road portion of the
5 FUG-T❑OI-5 HJIR VRSLFI.R❑FrWfis spacing would appear to
laneway.
compromise the parallel service road concept from a
development and functional perspective. Having too many
local street or laneway intersections, particularly where they
intersect Bloor Street from both sides, would create desire lines
for mid -block pedestrian crossings and interrupt some of the
medium density/mixed use massing of development that is
desired. For the blocks west and just to the east of Trulls Road,
eliminating one connection on either side of Bloor Street and
making them offset would still provide the permeability to the
Bloor Street Regional Corridor streetscape for
pedestrian/cycling access, while reducing the potential for mid -
block crossings.
Section 1.5 / Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan
There are only three mid-
❑ The number of local road intersections along Courtice Road, a
block connections proposed
Type A Arterial, can be accommodated with the service road
to cross Courtice Road, all
concept, but consideration is needed to reduce the number of
north of Bloor Street. They
these mid -block intersections that are aligned on both sides of
are intended to allow
Courtice Road. As for Bloor Street, the main desire lines for
access from the internal
pedestrian and cyclist connections should be at signalized
neighbourhoods to reach
intersections with the planned arterial and collector road
the service road of the
intersections.
multi -way.
Section 1.5 / Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan
Noted. This is a balance of
❑ The Sandringham Drive extension to the realigned Hancock
maximizing the tangent
Road provides better intersection spacing along Hancock Road
length whilst minimizing the
from Regional Highway 2 and addresses our previous comment
acceptable radius of
on it being too close in paralleling Regional Highway 2.
31
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
However, the tangent length of the Sandringham Drive
Sandringham before the
extension east of Courtice Road should be maximized to
natural corridor.
accommodate westbound left -turn storage.
Section 1.5 / Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan
Noted.
❑ The number of local road intersections along Trulls Road is also
problematic for a Type B Arterial road. The intersections for the
east -west local roads north and south of Bloor Street are too
close to the Trulls Road/Bloor Street intersection, particularly
since they are aligned on both sides of Trulls Road. In addition,
the east -west local road south of Meadowglade Road is also
too close to that intersection.
Section 1.5 / Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan
Terminus is located at the
❑ The proposed intersection spacing along Regional Highway 2
existing Hancock Road
between Courtice Road and the Highway 418 ramp terminal
alignment with Highway 2.
LC bll`�I-F1�❑ SOTZ 1VVWi l-5 HJ RIVJ ❑EH Q-1H` I &
intersection spacing along a Type B Arterial. Further
assessment will be needed to determine whether the proposed
intersection locations are acceptable, whether they could be
signalized in future, and if any turn restrictions will be
necessary.
Section 2 Community Structure
See Section 3 and Figure 4
❑ The map on the right-hand side does not have a legend shown.
of revised UDSGs.
Having a legend to define the structural elements would
correspond to Section 3 - Community Structure of the draft
Secondary Plan and better define the overarching land use
concepts for the secondary plan area.
Section 2.2 []Growth and Intensification
There is no Medium Density
L A Medium Density Corridor is shown along Trulls Road, yet
designation along Trulls
neither the Southeast Courtice Demonstration Plan (Section
Road.
1.5), nor the policies contained in the draft SECSP, show or
convey any medium density uses along Trulls Road besides the
prominent intersection area of Bloor Street (which is part of the
32
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
Regional Corridor). It is suggested that the draft Urban Design
and Sustainability Guidelines be addressed by updating the
Demonstration Plan and secondary plan to show some medium
density along Trulls Road.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
New Graphics for Type A
❑ Please refer to the previous comments on the Southeast
and Multiway included in
Courtice Demonstration plan on the Right -of -Way (ROW) and
revised UDSG.
cross-section for Bloor Street and Courtice Road.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
New Graphics for Type A
❑ The concept of frontage roads along the Type A Arterials
and Multiway included in
110 M D-VTIZUVLS ❑VVI- Z1]V1-1HICA1APoH1A
revised UDSG. In keeping
group.
with revised policy direction.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
New Graphics for Type A
❑ The plan and cross-section drawings for the Type A Arterials
and Multiway included in
show a continuous ROW for the full width, including the
revised UDSG. In keeping
frontage roads. The 5 F-U R0VFSLFMR-V-CME\AARF12 1VVMH❑
with revised policy direction.
Steering Committee noted the need for separate ROW
ownership and/or jurisdiction for the service roads and outside
boulevards because the Region does not want to be
responsible for maintaining roads with a local function. Further
conversations and information are required to assess the multi -
way before the Region can support this concept.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
Noted.
The proposed 4 m wide median on Regional Roads would need
to be widened to 5 m at signalized or potential future signalized
intersections. This enables a 3.3 m turn lane and 1.7 m median
as per Regional design standards.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
Noted.
❑ The proposed 2.5 m side medians are the only available
boulevard width for all cross -sections. If these include
landscaping and trees, there would be little available room for
33
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
utilities. Proposed locations for aerial and subsurface utilities
should be indicated on the cross -sections.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
Noted.
❑ The 2.5 m side medians are proposed to also include transit
shelters and waiting areas. Durham Region Transit requires a 3
m side median for a transit stop to meet the AODA standards
(1.5 m for a platform, combined with a typical 1.5 m wide
sidewalk as per Durham Region Transit Standard S-500.012
Passenger Standing Area Shelter Pad Drawing). Please ensure
there is sufficient width to accommodate the transit
infrastructure.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
Cross -sections have been
❑ Clarification is requested: Is it necessary to provide both a
revised. See revised
sidewalk and a multi -use path on the same side of the Arterial
UDSGs.
road? It may be more appropriate to include just the multi -use
path.
Section 3.2.1 / Type A Arterial - Courtice Road & Bloor Street
Cross -sections have been
❑ Currently, sidewalks are shown right up to the edge of the
revised with sidewalk offset.
ROW. Typically, the Region requires a buffer of 0.3 m.
Section 3.2.2 / Arterial Roads Type B Arterial ❑ Trulls Road
See revised cross -sections.
The proposed ROW for Trulls Road at 30 m does not conform
to the ROP for a four -lane Type B Arterial road (Schedule 'E',
Table 'E7 - Arterial Design Criteria), particularly when the cross-
section contains two -way -in boulevard and sidewalks on both
sides, and the cross-section shown does not include auxiliary
turn lanes at signalized intersections. The two -way -in boulevard
dedicated bike lane is not wide enough to meet the Ontario
Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 18 standards; the desired width
would be 3-4 m (with 3 m being the minimum) on each side of
the road. A one-way in -boulevard bike lane or raised cycle track
34
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
would be consistent with the 2.1 m width shown in the cross-
section.
Section 3.2.3 / Arterial Roads ❑ Type C Arterial ❑ Meadowglade Road
See revised cross -sections.
& Hancock Road
❑ The two -way -in boulevard dedicated bike facility shown on both
sides of the road is not wide enough to meet OTM Book 18
standards; the desired width would be 3-4 m (with 3 m being
the minimum) on each side of the road. A one-way in -boulevard
bike lane or raised cycle track would be consistent with the 2.1
m width shown in the cross-section.
Section 3.2.4 / Collector Roads
See Section 6.3 of revised
❑ For Collector roads and potentially Type C Arterials, it may be
UDSGs.
useful to include an alternate cross-section showing on -street
parking on one or both sides as well as on -street bike facilities.
Collector roads often have sections with on -street parking while
offering on -road bike facilities (sometimes shared when
retrofitted), and the centre boulevard (besides where you may
have a gateway into a neighbourhood).
Section 3.3 / Active Transportation Network & 3.5 / Open Spaces
Where trails follow a natural
❑ Active Transportation Network; Parks & Open Spaces []There
heritage system that
are three mid -block trail crossings of Bloor Street shown on
intersects with a road the
these maps that should be oriented to a signalized intersection
trail will either travel under
where a cross -ride can be provided to avoid mid -block
the road or be redirected to
crossings of this busy, Type A Arterial road.
the nearest controlled
intersection. Trail are not
For example, for the trail crossing west of Courtice Road, the
intended to cross roads at
intersection of the north -south Collector road (corresponding to
mid -block locations.
the Farmington Drive connection) could be used to align this
trail crossing, which would include a cross -ride.
Section 3.3.2 / Cycling Network
Noted. See Section 6.4.2 of
❑ Under Dedicated and/or Segregated Bicycle Path, principle a)
revised UDSGs.
identifies "2.1 m wide, two way dedicated, and/or segregated
35
Attachment 5 to Report PSD-055-20
Agency
Details of Submission
Staff Response
bicycle lanes shall be provided in high traffic areas." As noted in
the cross-section comments, 2.1 m is not a sufficient width for
two-way boulevard bike facilities as per OTM Book 18
standards and needs to be revised.
Section 3.3.3 / Trails
Noted. See Section 6.4.3 of
❑ Clarification: The concept of Primary vs. Secondary Trails is
revised UDSGs.
outlined here, yet the Active Transportation Network (Section
3.3) or Parks and Open Spaces (Section 3.5) maps only show
an overall Trails category. As such, it is unclear why there is a
differentiation between the two types of trails.
4.3 Low Density Residential
See Section 5 of revised
❑ 8 I_aU 6 MLJ DQO DA" 11WHC❑ 11G-ITLH`VD®Z LLRUL_U _RNLI
UDSGs.
density housing forms along major roads, being a Collector
Road or higher. However, the Secondary Plan policy 4.4.3 only
allows low-rise apartments adjacent to arterial roads.
Please see our comment above on policy 4.4.3 and revise the
documents accordingly.
4.3 Low Density Residential ❑ Neighbourhood Center
See Section 5 of revised
❑ This portion of the Guidelines speak to neighbourhood
UDSGs.
commercial uses, which are not currently identified as a
permitted use in the Secondary Plan. Please review these two
documents and revise the documents accordingly.
5.2 Development Adjacent to Employment Areas
Noted. See Section 9 of
The map should depict the Provincially Significant Employment
revised UDSGs.
Zone across the entire southern portion of the Secondary Plan
Area, with hatching to depict the proposed draft Major Transit
Station Area delineation to reflect the Provincial Plans
accurately.
0